Add block notice stats on EditPage.
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40
41 /**
42 * @cond file_level_code
43 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
44 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
45 */
46 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
47 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
48 die( 1 );
49 }
50
51 /** @endcond */
52
53 /**
54 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
55 * Not used for much in a default install.
56 * @since 1.5
57 */
58 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
59
60 /**
61 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
62 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
63 * callable.
64 * @since 1.23
65 */
66 $wgConfigRegistry = [
67 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
68 ];
69
70 /**
71 * MediaWiki version number
72 * @since 1.2
73 */
74 $wgVersion = '1.33.0-alpha';
75
76 /**
77 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
78 */
79 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
80
81 /**
82 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
83 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
84 * @var bool
85 * @since 1.26
86 */
87 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
88
89 /**
90 * URL of the server.
91 *
92 * @par Example:
93 * @code
94 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
95 * @endcode
96 *
97 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
98 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
99 * case, set this variable to fix it.
100 *
101 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
102 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
103 * to a fully qualified URL.
104 */
105 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
106
107 /**
108 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
109 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
110 *
111 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
112 * @since 1.18
113 */
114 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
115
116 /**
117 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
118 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
119 * @since 1.24
120 */
121 $wgServerName = false;
122
123 /************************************************************************//**
124 * @name Script path settings
125 * @{
126 */
127
128 /**
129 * The path we should point to.
130 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
131 *
132 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
133 *
134 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
135 * set in LocalSettings.php
136 */
137 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
138
139 /**
140 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
141 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
142 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
143 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
144 * problems on Apache as well.
145 *
146 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
147 *
148 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
149 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
150 *
151 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
152 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
153 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
154 * @since 1.2.1
155 */
156 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
157 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
158 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
159
160 /**@}*/
161
162 /************************************************************************//**
163 * @name URLs and file paths
164 *
165 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
166 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
167 *
168 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
169 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
170 *
171 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
172 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
173 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
174 *
175 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
176 *
177 * @{
178 */
179
180 /**
181 * The URL path to index.php.
182 *
183 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
184 */
185 $wgScript = false;
186
187 /**
188 * The URL path to load.php.
189 *
190 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
191 * @since 1.17
192 */
193 $wgLoadScript = false;
194
195 /**
196 * The URL path of the skins directory.
197 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
198 * @since 1.3
199 */
200 $wgStylePath = false;
201 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
202
203 /**
204 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
205 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
206 * @since 1.17
207 */
208 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
209
210 /**
211 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
212 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
213 * @since 1.16
214 */
215 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
216
217 /**
218 * Filesystem extensions directory.
219 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
220 * @since 1.25
221 */
222 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
223
224 /**
225 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
226 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
227 * @since 1.3
228 */
229 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
230
231 /**
232 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
233 * which is replaced by the article title.
234 *
235 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
236 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
237 */
238 $wgArticlePath = false;
239
240 /**
241 * The URL path for the images directory.
242 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
243 */
244 $wgUploadPath = false;
245
246 /**
247 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
248 */
249 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
250
251 /**
252 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
253 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
254 */
255 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
256
257 /**
258 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
259 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
260 */
261 $wgLogo = false;
262
263 /**
264 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
265 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
266 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
267 *
268 * @par Example:
269 * @code
270 * $wgLogoHD = [
271 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
272 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
273 * ];
274 * @endcode
275 *
276 * SVG is also supported but when enabled, it
277 * disables 1.5x and 2x as svg will already
278 * be optimised for screen resolution.
279 *
280 * @par Example:
281 * @code
282 * $wgLogoHD = [
283 * "svg" => "path/to/svg_version.svg",
284 * ];
285 * @endcode
286 *
287 * @since 1.25
288 */
289 $wgLogoHD = false;
290
291 /**
292 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
293 * @since 1.6
294 */
295 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
296
297 /**
298 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
299 * Defaults to no icon.
300 * @since 1.12
301 */
302 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
303
304 /**
305 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
306 * One or more of the values defined in the Referrer Policy specification:
307 * https://w3c.github.io/webappsec-referrer-policy/
308 * ('no-referrer', 'no-referrer-when-downgrade', 'same-origin',
309 * 'origin', 'strict-origin', 'origin-when-cross-origin',
310 * 'strict-origin-when-cross-origin', or 'unsafe-url')
311 * Setting it to false prevents the meta tag from being output
312 * (which results in falling back to the Referrer-Policy header,
313 * or 'no-referrer-when-downgrade' if that's not set either.)
314 * Setting it to an array (supported since 1.31) will create a meta tag for
315 * each value, in the reverse of the order (meaning that the first array element
316 * will be the default and the others used as fallbacks for browsers which do not
317 * understand it).
318 *
319 * @var array|string|bool
320 * @since 1.25
321 */
322 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
323
324 /**
325 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
326 * be web accessible.
327 *
328 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
329 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
330 * logic.
331 *
332 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
333 * variable.
334 *
335 * @see wfTempDir()
336 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
337 */
338 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
339
340 /**
341 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
342 * upload URL.
343 * @since 1.4
344 */
345 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
346
347 /**
348 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
349 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
350 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
351 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
352 * @since 1.17
353 */
354 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
355
356 /**
357 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
358 * plain page views, add to this array.
359 *
360 * @par Example:
361 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
362 * @code
363 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
364 * @endcode
365 *
366 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
367 * URLs.
368 * @since 1.5
369 */
370 $wgActionPaths = [];
371
372 /**@}*/
373
374 /************************************************************************//**
375 * @name Files and file uploads
376 * @{
377 */
378
379 /**
380 * Allow users to upload files.
381 *
382 * Use $wgLocalFileRepo to control how and where uploads are stored.
383 * Disabled by default as for security reasons.
384 * See <https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuring_file_uploads>.
385 *
386 * @since 1.5
387 */
388 $wgEnableUploads = false;
389
390 /**
391 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
392 */
393 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
394
395 /**
396 * Allows to move images and other media files
397 */
398 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
399
400 /**
401 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
402 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
403 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
404 *
405 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
406 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
407 */
408 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
409
410 /**
411 * Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
412 * uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
413 *
414 * Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
415 * completeness.
416 */
417 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":\\/\\\\";
418
419 /**
420 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
421 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
422 */
423 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
424
425 /**
426 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
427 */
428 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
429
430 /**
431 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
432 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
433 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
434 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
435 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
436 *
437 * Example:
438 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
439 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
440 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
441 *
442 * @see $wgFileBackends
443 */
444 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
445
446 /**
447 * File repository structures
448 *
449 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
450 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
451 * array of properties configuring the repository.
452 *
453 * Properties required for all repos:
454 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
455 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
456 *
457 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
458 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
459 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
460 *
461 * For most core repos:
462 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
463 * container : backend container name the zone is in
464 * directory : root path within container for the zone
465 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
466 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
467 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
468 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
469 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
470 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
471 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
472 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
473 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
474 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
475 * handler instead.
476 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
477 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
478 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
479 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
480 * - pathDisclosureProtection
481 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
482 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
483 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
484 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
485 * is 0644.
486 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
487 * some remote repos.
488 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
489 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
490 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
491 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
492 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
493 *
494 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
495 * for local repositories:
496 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
497 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
498 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
499 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
500 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page and display them
501 * on the local wiki.
502 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
503 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
504 *
505 * ForeignDBRepo:
506 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
507 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
508 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
509 * - hasSharedCache Set to true if the foreign wiki's $wgMainCacheType is identical to,
510 * and accesible from, this wiki.
511 *
512 * ForeignAPIRepo:
513 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
514 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
515 *
516 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
517 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
518 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
519 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
520 * be searched after the local file repo.
521 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
522 *
523 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
524 */
525 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
526
527 /**
528 * Enable the use of files from one or more other wikis.
529 *
530 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can declare a shared upload path here.
531 * Uploads to the local wiki will NOT be stored here - See $wgLocalFileRepo
532 * and $wgUploadDirectory for that.
533 *
534 * The wiki will only consider the foreign repository if no file of the given name
535 * is found in the local repository (e.g. via `[[File:..]]` syntax).
536 *
537 * @since 1.11
538 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
539 */
540 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
541
542 /**
543 * Use Wikimedia Commons as a foreign file repository.
544 *
545 * This is a shortcut for adding an entry to to $wgForeignFileRepos
546 * for https://commons.wikimedia.org, using ForeignAPIRepo with the
547 * default settings.
548 *
549 * @since 1.16
550 */
551 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
552
553 /**
554 * Shortcut for adding an entry to $wgForeignFileRepos.
555 *
556 * Uses the folowing variables:
557 *
558 * - directory: $wgSharedUploadDirectory.
559 * - url: $wgSharedUploadPath.
560 * - hashLevels: Based on $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory.
561 * - thumbScriptUrl: $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath.
562 * - transformVia404: Based on $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse.
563 * - descBaseUrl: $wgRepositoryBaseUrl.
564 * - fetchDescription: $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
565 *
566 * If $wgSharedUploadDBname is set, it uses the ForeignDBRepo
567 * class, with also the following variables:
568 *
569 * - dbName: $wgSharedUploadDBname.
570 * - dbType: $wgDBtype.
571 * - dbServer: $wgDBserver.
572 * - dbUser: $wgDBuser.
573 * - dbPassword: $wgDBpassword.
574 * - dbFlags: Based on $wgDebugDumpSql.
575 * - tablePrefix: $wgSharedUploadDBprefix,
576 * - hasSharedCache: $wgCacheSharedUploads.
577 *
578 * @var bool
579 * @since 1.3
580 */
581 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
582
583 /**
584 * Shortcut for the 'directory' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
585 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
586 *
587 * @var string
588 * @since 1.3
589 */
590 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = null;
591
592 /**
593 * Shortcut for the 'url' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
594 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
595 *
596 * @var string
597 * @since 1.3
598 */
599 $wgSharedUploadPath = null;
600
601 /**
602 * Shortcut for the 'hashLevels' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
603 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
604 *
605 * @var bool
606 * @since 1.3
607 */
608 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
609
610 /**
611 * Shortcut for the 'descBaseUrl' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
612 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
613 *
614 * @since 1.5
615 */
616 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:';
617
618 /**
619 * Shortcut for the 'fetchDescription' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
620 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
621 *
622 * @var bool
623 * @since 1.5
624 */
625 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
626
627 /**
628 * Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'dbName' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
629 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
630 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
631 *
632 * @var bool|string
633 * @since 1.4
634 */
635 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
636
637 /**
638 * Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'tablePrefix' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
639 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
640 *
641 * @var string
642 * @since 1.5
643 */
644 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
645
646 /**
647 * Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'hasSharedCache' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
648 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
649 *
650 * @var bool
651 * @since 1.5
652 */
653 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
654
655 /**
656 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
657 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
658 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
659 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
660 *
661 * Example:
662 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
663 */
664 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
665
666 /**
667 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
668 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
669 *
670 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
671 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
672 *
673 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
674 */
675 $wgUploadDialog = [
676 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
677 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
678 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
679 'fields' => [
680 'description' => true,
681 'date' => false,
682 'categories' => false,
683 ],
684 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
685 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
686 'licensemessages' => [
687 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
688 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
689 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
690 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
691 'local' => 'generic-local',
692 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
693 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
694 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
695 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
696 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
697 ],
698 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
699 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
700 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
701 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
702 'comment' => [
703 'local' => '',
704 'foreign' => '',
705 ],
706 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
707 'format' => [
708 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
709 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
710 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
711 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
712 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
713 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
714 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
715 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
716 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
717 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
718 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
719 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
720 // * $TEXT - input by the user
721 'description' => '$TEXT',
722 'ownwork' => '',
723 'license' => '',
724 'uncategorized' => '',
725 ],
726 ];
727
728 /**
729 * File backend structure configuration.
730 *
731 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
732 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
733 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
734 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
735 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
736 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
737 *
738 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
739 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
740 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
741 *
742 * FileBackendMultiWrite::__construct() is augmented with a 'template' option that
743 * can be used in any of the values of the 'backends' array. Its value is the name of
744 * another backend in $wgFileBackends. When set, it pre-fills the array with all of the
745 * configuration of the named backend. Explicitly set values in the array take precedence.
746 *
747 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
748 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
749 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
750 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
751 * Setting 'wikiId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
752 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
753 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
754 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
755 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
756 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
757 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
758 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
759 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
760 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
761 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
762 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
763 */
764 $wgFileBackends = [];
765
766 /**
767 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
768 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
769 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
770 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
771 *
772 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
773 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
774 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
775 *
776 * When using DBLockManager, the 'dbsByBucket' map can reference 'localDBMaster' as
777 * a peer database in each bucket. This will result in an extra connection to the domain
778 * that the LockManager services, which must also be a valid wiki ID.
779 */
780 $wgLockManagers = [];
781
782 /**
783 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
784 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: https://secure.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
785 *
786 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
787 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
788 * extensions" section of php.ini:
789 * @code{.ini}
790 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
791 * @endcode
792 */
793 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
794
795 /**
796 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
797 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
798 * Defaults to false.
799 */
800 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
801
802 /**
803 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
804 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
805 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
806 */
807 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
808
809 /**
810 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
811 *
812 * @since 1.20
813 */
814 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
815
816 /**
817 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
818 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
819 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
820 */
821 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
822
823 /**
824 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
825 * @since 1.20
826 */
827 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
828
829 /**
830 * Different timeout for upload by url
831 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
832 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
833 * to default.
834 *
835 * @var int|bool
836 *
837 * @since 1.22
838 */
839 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
840
841 /**
842 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
843 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
844 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
845 * for non-specified types.
846 *
847 * @par Example:
848 * @code
849 * $wgMaxUploadSize = [
850 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
851 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
852 * ];
853 * @endcode
854 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
855 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
856 */
857 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
858
859 /**
860 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
861 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
862 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
863 * @since 1.26
864 */
865 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
866
867 /**
868 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
869 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
870 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
871 *
872 * @par Example:
873 * @code
874 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
875 * @endcode
876 */
877 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
878
879 /**
880 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
881 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
882 * appended to it as appropriate.
883 */
884 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
885
886 /**
887 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
888 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
889 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
890 * access to the thumbnail path.
891 *
892 * @par Example:
893 * @code
894 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
895 * @endcode
896 */
897 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
898
899 /**
900 * Shortcut for the 'thumbScriptUrl' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
901 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
902 *
903 * @var string
904 * @since 1.3
905 */
906 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
907
908 /**
909 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
910 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
911 *
912 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
913 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
914 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
915 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
916 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
917 *
918 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
919 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
920 */
921 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
922
923 /**
924 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
925 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
926 *
927 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
928 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
929 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
930 */
931 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
932
933 /**
934 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
935 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
936 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
937 */
938 $wgFileBlacklist = [
939 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
940 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
941 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
942 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps',
943 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
944 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
945 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
946 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
947
948 /**
949 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
950 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
951 */
952 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
953 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
954 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
955 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
956 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
957 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
958 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
959 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
960 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
961 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
962 'application/x-msmetafile',
963 ];
964
965 /**
966 * Allow Java archive uploads.
967 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
968 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
969 */
970 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
971
972 /**
973 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
974 *
975 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
976 */
977 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
978
979 /**
980 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
981 * by $wgFileExtensions.
982 *
983 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
984 */
985 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
986
987 /**
988 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
989 *
990 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
991 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
992 */
993 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
994
995 /**
996 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
997 */
998 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
999
1000 /**
1001 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
1002 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
1003 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
1004 *
1005 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
1006 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
1007 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
1008 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
1009 */
1010 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
1011 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
1012 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
1013 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
1014 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
1015 "application/pdf", // PDF files
1016 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
1017 ];
1018
1019 /**
1020 * Plugins for media file type handling.
1021 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
1022 *
1023 * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
1024 * and extensions should use extension.json.
1025 */
1026 $wgMediaHandlers = [];
1027
1028 /**
1029 * Media handler overrides for parser tests (they don't need to generate actual
1030 * thumbnails, so a mock will do)
1031 */
1032 $wgParserTestMediaHandlers = [
1033 'image/jpeg' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1034 'image/png' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1035 'image/gif' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1036 'image/tiff' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1037 'image/webp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1038 'image/x-ms-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1039 'image/x-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1040 'image/x-xcf' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1041 'image/svg+xml' => 'MockSvgHandler',
1042 'image/vnd.djvu' => 'MockDjVuHandler',
1043 ];
1044
1045 /**
1046 * Plugins for page content model handling.
1047 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
1048 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
1049 *
1050 * @since 1.21
1051 */
1052 $wgContentHandlers = [
1053 // the usual case
1054 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => WikitextContentHandler::class,
1055 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
1056 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => JavaScriptContentHandler::class,
1057 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
1058 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => JsonContentHandler::class,
1059 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
1060 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => CssContentHandler::class,
1061 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
1062 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => TextContentHandler::class,
1063 ];
1064
1065 /**
1066 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
1067 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
1068 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
1069 */
1070 $wgUseImageResize = true;
1071
1072 /**
1073 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
1074 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
1075 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
1076 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
1077 *
1078 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
1079 */
1080 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
1081
1082 /**
1083 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
1084 */
1085 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
1086
1087 /**
1088 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1089 * @since 1.27
1090 */
1091 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1092
1093 /**
1094 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1095 */
1096 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1097
1098 /**
1099 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1100 */
1101 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1102
1103 /**
1104 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1105 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1106 */
1107 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1108
1109 /**
1110 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1111 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1112 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1113 *
1114 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1115 * @code
1116 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1117 * @endcode
1118 *
1119 * Leave as false to skip this.
1120 */
1121 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1122
1123 /**
1124 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1125 *
1126 * @since 1.21
1127 */
1128 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1129
1130 /**
1131 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1132 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1133 * at sharp edges.
1134 *
1135 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1136 *
1137 * Supported values:
1138 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1139 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1140 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1141 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1142 *
1143 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1144 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1145 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1146 *
1147 * @since 1.27
1148 */
1149 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1150
1151 /**
1152 * When scaling a JPEG thumbnail, this is the quality we request
1153 * from the backend. It should be an int between 1 and 100,
1154 * with 100 indicating 100% quality.
1155 *
1156 * @since 1.32
1157 */
1158 $wgJpegQuality = 80;
1159
1160 /**
1161 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1162 * image formats.
1163 */
1164 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1165
1166 /**
1167 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1168 *
1169 * @since 1.26
1170 */
1171 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1172
1173 /**
1174 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1175 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1176 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1177 *
1178 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1179 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1180 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1181 */
1182 $wgSVGConverters = [
1183 'ImageMagick' =>
1184 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1185 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1186 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1187 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1188 . '$output $input',
1189 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1190 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1191 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1192 ];
1193
1194 /**
1195 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1196 */
1197 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1198
1199 /**
1200 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1201 */
1202 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1203
1204 /**
1205 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1206 */
1207 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1208
1209 /**
1210 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1211 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1212 */
1213 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1214
1215 /**
1216 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1217 *
1218 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1219 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1220 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1221 *
1222 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1223 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1224 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1225 */
1226 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1227
1228 /**
1229 * Whether thumbnails should be generated in target language (usually, same as
1230 * page language), if available.
1231 * Currently, applies only to SVG images that use the systemLanguage attribute
1232 * to specify text language.
1233 *
1234 * @since 1.33
1235 */
1236 $wgMediaInTargetLanguage = false;
1237
1238 /**
1239 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1240 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1241 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1242 *
1243 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1244 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1245 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1246 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1247 *
1248 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1249 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1250 */
1251 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1252
1253 /**
1254 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1255 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1256 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1257 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1258 */
1259 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1260
1261 /**
1262 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1263 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1264 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1265 *
1266 * @par Example:
1267 * @code
1268 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1269 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
1270 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1271 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
1272 * @endcode
1273 */
1274 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1275
1276 /**
1277 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1278 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1279 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1280 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1281 */
1282 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1283
1284 /**
1285 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1286 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1287 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1288 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1289 */
1290 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1291
1292 /**
1293 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1294 * output instead of showing an error message.
1295 *
1296 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1297 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1298 *
1299 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1300 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1301 * are logged to a file for review.
1302 */
1303 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1304
1305 /**
1306 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1307 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1308 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1309 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1310 * webserver(s).
1311 */
1312 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1313
1314 /**
1315 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1316 */
1317 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1318
1319 /**
1320 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1321 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1322 * is available that can rotate.
1323 */
1324 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1325
1326 /**
1327 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1328 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1329 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1330 */
1331 $wgAntivirus = null;
1332
1333 /**
1334 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1335 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1336 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1337 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1338 *
1339 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1340 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1341 *
1342 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1343 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1344 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1345 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1346 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1347 * path.
1348 *
1349 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1350 * function in SpecialUpload.
1351 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1352 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1353 * is not set.
1354 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1355 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1356 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1357 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1358 * no virus was found.
1359 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1360 * a virus.
1361 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1362 *
1363 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1364 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1365 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1366 */
1367 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1368
1369 # setup for clamav
1370 'clamav' => [
1371 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1372 'codemap' => [
1373 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1374 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1375 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1376 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1377 ],
1378 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1379 ],
1380 ];
1381
1382 /**
1383 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1384 */
1385 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1386
1387 /**
1388 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1389 */
1390 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1391
1392 /**
1393 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by includes/libs/mime/MimeAnalyzer.php.
1394 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1395 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1396 */
1397 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1398
1399 /**
1400 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by includes/libs/mime/MimeAnalyzer.php.
1401 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1402 */
1403 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1404
1405 /**
1406 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1407 * the MIME type to standard output.
1408 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1409 * If not set or NULL, PHP's mime_content_type function will be used.
1410 *
1411 * @par Example:
1412 * @code
1413 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1414 * @endcode
1415 */
1416 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1417
1418 /**
1419 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1420 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1421 * can be trusted.
1422 */
1423 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1424
1425 /**
1426 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1427 * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
1428 */
1429 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1430 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1431 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1432 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1433 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1434 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1435 ];
1436
1437 /**
1438 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1439 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1440 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1441 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1442 * change it if you alter the array (see T10858).
1443 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1444 */
1445 $wgImageLimits = [
1446 [ 320, 240 ],
1447 [ 640, 480 ],
1448 [ 800, 600 ],
1449 [ 1024, 768 ],
1450 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1451 ];
1452
1453 /**
1454 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1455 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1456 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1457 */
1458 $wgThumbLimits = [
1459 120,
1460 150,
1461 180,
1462 200,
1463 250,
1464 300
1465 ];
1466
1467 /**
1468 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1469 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1470 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1471 *
1472 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1473 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1474 * supports it.
1475 */
1476 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1477
1478 /**
1479 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1480 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1481 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1482 * following buckets:
1483 *
1484 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
1485 *
1486 * and a distance of 50:
1487 *
1488 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1489 *
1490 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1491 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1492 */
1493 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1494
1495 /**
1496 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1497 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1498 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1499 *
1500 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1501 *
1502 * @since 1.25
1503 */
1504
1505 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1506
1507 /**
1508 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1509 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1510 *
1511 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1512 * thumbnail's URL.
1513 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1514 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1515 *
1516 * @since 1.25
1517 */
1518 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1519
1520 /**
1521 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1522 *
1523 * @since 1.25
1524 */
1525 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1526
1527 /**
1528 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1529 * HTTP request to.
1530 *
1531 * @since 1.25
1532 */
1533 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1534
1535 /**
1536 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1537 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1538 *
1539 * @since 1.26
1540 */
1541 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1542
1543 /**
1544 * Parameters for the "<gallery>" tag.
1545 * Fields are:
1546 * - imagesPerRow: Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1547 * - imageWidth: Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1548 * - imageHeight: Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1549 * - captionLength: Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
1550 * A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
1551 * and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
1552 * @deprecated since 1.28
1553 * - showBytes: Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1554 * - showDimensions: Show the dimensions (width x height) in categories
1555 * - mode: Gallery mode
1556 */
1557 $wgGalleryOptions = [];
1558
1559 /**
1560 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1561 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1562 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1563 */
1564 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1565
1566 /**
1567 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1568 */
1569 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1570
1571 /**
1572 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1573 *
1574 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1575 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1576 */
1577 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1578
1579 /**
1580 * @name DJVU settings
1581 * @{
1582 */
1583
1584 /**
1585 * Path of the djvudump executable
1586 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1587 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1588 */
1589 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1590
1591 /**
1592 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1593 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1594 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1595 */
1596 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1597
1598 /**
1599 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1600 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1601 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1602 */
1603 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1604
1605 /**
1606 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1607 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1608 *
1609 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1610 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1611 * the efficiency problem.
1612 * https://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1613 *
1614 * @par Example:
1615 * @code
1616 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1617 * @endcode
1618 */
1619 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1620
1621 /**
1622 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1623 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1624 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1625 */
1626 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1627
1628 /**
1629 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1630 */
1631 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1632
1633 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1634
1635 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1636
1637 /************************************************************************//**
1638 * @name Email settings
1639 * @{
1640 */
1641
1642 /**
1643 * Site admin email address.
1644 *
1645 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php).
1646 */
1647 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1648
1649 /**
1650 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1651 *
1652 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder,
1653 * as well as other e-mail notifications.
1654 *
1655 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php).
1656 */
1657 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1658
1659 /**
1660 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1661 *
1662 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender (in Setup.php).
1663 */
1664 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1665
1666 /**
1667 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1668 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1669 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1670 */
1671 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1672
1673 /**
1674 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1675 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1676 */
1677 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1678
1679 /**
1680 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail blacklist.
1681 *
1682 * @since 1.30
1683 */
1684 $wgEnableUserEmailBlacklist = false;
1685
1686 /**
1687 * If true put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1688 * instead of From (false). ($wgPasswordSender will be used as From.)
1689 *
1690 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1691 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1692 * when bounces are sent to the sender. In addition, DMARC restrictions
1693 * can cause emails to fail to be received when false.
1694 */
1695 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = true;
1696
1697 /**
1698 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1699 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1700 */
1701 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1702
1703 /**
1704 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1705 */
1706 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1707
1708 /**
1709 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1710 */
1711 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1712
1713 /**
1714 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1715 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1716 */
1717 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1718
1719 /**
1720 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1721 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1722 */
1723 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1724
1725 /**
1726 * SMTP Mode.
1727 *
1728 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1729 * Default to false or fill an array :
1730 *
1731 * @code
1732 * $wgSMTP = [
1733 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1734 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1735 * 'port' => '25',
1736 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1737 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1738 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1739 * ];
1740 * @endcode
1741 */
1742 $wgSMTP = false;
1743
1744 /**
1745 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1746 */
1747 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1748
1749 /**
1750 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1751 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1752 */
1753 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1754
1755 /**
1756 * Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address as sender.
1757 *
1758 * This setting depends on $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress also being enabled.
1759 * If both are enabled, notifications for actions from users that have opted-in,
1760 * will be sent to other users with their address as "From" instead of "Reply-To".
1761 *
1762 * If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender.
1763 *
1764 * @var bool
1765 */
1766 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1767
1768 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1769 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1770 # enable or disable at their discretion
1771 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1772 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1773
1774 /**
1775 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1776 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1777 * spam relay.
1778 */
1779 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1780
1781 /**
1782 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1783 */
1784 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1785
1786 /**
1787 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1788 * user talk page.
1789 *
1790 * The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user
1791 * preference set to true.
1792 */
1793 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1794
1795 /**
1796 * Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address in "Reply-To".
1797 *
1798 * Note, enabling this only actually uses it in notification e-mails if the user
1799 * opted-in to this feature. This feature flag also controls visibility of the
1800 * 'enotifrevealaddr' preference, which, if users opt into, will make e-mail
1801 * notifications about their actions use their address as "Reply-To".
1802 *
1803 * To set the address as "From" instead of "Reply-To", also enable $wgEnotifFromEditor.
1804 *
1805 * If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender.
1806 *
1807 * @var bool
1808 */
1809 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1810
1811 /**
1812 * Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled
1813 * by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits.
1814 *
1815 * If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not
1816 * trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk).
1817 *
1818 * Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to
1819 * false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits.
1820 *
1821 * User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings,
1822 * $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there.
1823 */
1824 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1825
1826 /**
1827 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1828 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1829 *
1830 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1831 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1832 */
1833 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1834
1835 /**
1836 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1837 * match the limit on your mail server.
1838 */
1839 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1840
1841 /**
1842 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1843 */
1844 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1845
1846 /**
1847 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1848 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1849 */
1850 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1851
1852 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1853
1854 /************************************************************************//**
1855 * @name Database settings
1856 * @{
1857 */
1858
1859 /**
1860 * Database host name or IP address
1861 */
1862 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1863
1864 /**
1865 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1866 */
1867 $wgDBport = 5432;
1868
1869 /**
1870 * Name of the database; this should be alphanumeric and not contain spaces nor hyphens
1871 */
1872 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1873
1874 /**
1875 * Database username
1876 */
1877 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1878
1879 /**
1880 * Database user's password
1881 */
1882 $wgDBpassword = '';
1883
1884 /**
1885 * Database type
1886 */
1887 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1888
1889 /**
1890 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1891 *
1892 * This setting is only used if $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1893 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1894 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1895 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1896 */
1897 $wgDBssl = false;
1898
1899 /**
1900 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1901 *
1902 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1903 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1904 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1905 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1906 */
1907 $wgDBcompress = false;
1908
1909 /**
1910 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1911 */
1912 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1913
1914 /**
1915 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1916 */
1917 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1918
1919 /**
1920 * Search type.
1921 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1922 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1923 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1924 */
1925 $wgSearchType = null;
1926
1927 /**
1928 * Alternative search types
1929 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1930 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1931 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1932 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1933 */
1934 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1935
1936 /**
1937 * Table name prefix; this should be alphanumeric and not contain spaces nor hyphens
1938 */
1939 $wgDBprefix = '';
1940
1941 /**
1942 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1943 */
1944 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB, DEFAULT CHARSET=binary';
1945
1946 /**
1947 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1948 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1949 * DBA has done his best job.
1950 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1951 */
1952 $wgSQLMode = '';
1953
1954 /**
1955 * Mediawiki schema; this should be alphanumeric and not contain spaces nor hyphens
1956 */
1957 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1958
1959 /**
1960 * Default group to use when getting database connections.
1961 * Will be used as default query group in ILoadBalancer::getConnection.
1962 * @since 1.32
1963 */
1964 $wgDBDefaultGroup = null;
1965
1966 /**
1967 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1968 */
1969 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1970
1971 /**
1972 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1973 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1974 * main database.
1975 *
1976 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1977 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1978 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1979 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1980 *
1981 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1982 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1983 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1984 *
1985 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1986 * $wgDBprefix.
1987 *
1988 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1989 * $wgDBmwschema.
1990 *
1991 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to LBFactory::getMainLB() to
1992 * access remote databases. Using LBFactory::getMainLB() allows the shared database to
1993 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1994 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1995 */
1996 $wgSharedDB = null;
1997
1998 /**
1999 * @see $wgSharedDB
2000 */
2001 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
2002
2003 /**
2004 * @see $wgSharedDB
2005 */
2006 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
2007
2008 /**
2009 * @see $wgSharedDB
2010 * @since 1.23
2011 */
2012 $wgSharedSchema = false;
2013
2014 /**
2015 * Database load balancer
2016 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
2017 * Fields are:
2018 * - host: Host name
2019 * - dbname: Default database name
2020 * - user: DB user
2021 * - password: DB password
2022 * - type: DB type
2023 * - driver: DB driver (when there are multiple drivers)
2024 *
2025 * - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
2026 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
2027 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
2028 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
2029 *
2030 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
2031 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
2032 *
2033 * - flags: bit field
2034 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if "cliMode" is off (recommended)
2035 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
2036 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
2037 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
2038 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
2039 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
2040 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
2041 * if available
2042 *
2043 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation
2044 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
2045 * - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived
2046 * nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT.
2047 * [Default: uses value of $wgCommandLineMode]
2048 *
2049 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
2050 * variable of the Database object.
2051 *
2052 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
2053 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
2054 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
2055 *
2056 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
2057 * rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to
2058 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
2059 * replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
2060 *
2061 * @code
2062 * SET @@read_only=1;
2063 * @endcode
2064 *
2065 * Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean
2066 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
2067 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
2068 */
2069 $wgDBservers = false;
2070
2071 /**
2072 * Load balancer factory configuration
2073 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
2074 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
2075 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
2076 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
2077 *
2078 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
2079 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
2080 */
2081 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple::class ];
2082
2083 /**
2084 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
2085 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
2086 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
2087 * @since 1.27
2088 */
2089 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
2090
2091 /**
2092 * File to log database errors to
2093 */
2094 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
2095
2096 /**
2097 * Timezone to use in the error log.
2098 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
2099 *
2100 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
2101 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
2102 *
2103 * @par Examples:
2104 * @code
2105 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
2106 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
2107 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
2108 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
2109 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
2110 * @endcode
2111 *
2112 * @since 1.20
2113 */
2114 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
2115
2116 /**
2117 * Set to true to engage MySQL 4.1/5.0 charset-related features;
2118 * for now will just cause sending of 'SET NAMES=utf8' on connect.
2119 *
2120 * @warning THIS IS EXPERIMENTAL!
2121 *
2122 * May break if you're not using the table defs from mysql5/tables.sql.
2123 * May break if you're upgrading an existing wiki if set differently.
2124 * Broken symptoms likely to include incorrect behavior with page titles,
2125 * usernames, comments etc containing non-ASCII characters.
2126 * Might also cause failures on the object cache and other things.
2127 *
2128 * Even correct usage may cause failures with Unicode supplementary
2129 * characters (those not in the Basic Multilingual Plane) unless MySQL
2130 * has enhanced their Unicode support.
2131 *
2132 * @deprecated since 1.31
2133 */
2134 $wgDBmysql5 = false;
2135
2136 /**
2137 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
2138 *
2139 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
2140 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
2141 * block).
2142 *
2143 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
2144 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2145 * connections.
2146 *
2147 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2148 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2149 * pooled.
2150 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2151 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2152 *
2153 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2154 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2155 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2156 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2157 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2158 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2159 *
2160 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2161 */
2162 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2163
2164 /**
2165 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer account.
2166 *
2167 * @var string[] List of wiki DB domain IDs; the format of each ID consist of 1-3 hyphen
2168 * delimited alphanumeric components (each with no hyphens nor spaces) of any of the forms:
2169 * - "<DB NAME>-<DB SCHEMA>-<TABLE PREFIX>"
2170 * - "<DB NAME>-<TABLE PREFIX>"
2171 * - "<DB NAME>"
2172 * If hyphens appear in any of the components, then the domain ID parsing may not work
2173 * in all cases and site functionality might be affected. If the schema ($wgDBmwschema)
2174 * is left to the default "mediawiki" for all wikis, then the schema should be omitted
2175 * from these IDs.
2176 */
2177 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2178
2179 /**
2180 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2181 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2182 * show a more obvious warning.
2183 */
2184 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2185
2186 /**
2187 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2188 */
2189 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2190
2191 /**
2192 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2193 */
2194 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2195
2196 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2197
2198 /************************************************************************//**
2199 * @name Text storage
2200 * @{
2201 */
2202
2203 /**
2204 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2205 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2206 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2207 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2208 */
2209 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2210
2211 /**
2212 * External stores allow including content
2213 * from non database sources following URL links.
2214 *
2215 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2216 * @code
2217 * $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
2218 * @endcode
2219 *
2220 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2221 */
2222 $wgExternalStores = [];
2223
2224 /**
2225 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2226 *
2227 * @par Example:
2228 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2229 * @code
2230 * $wgExternalServers = [
2231 * 'cluster1' => <array in the same format as $wgDBservers>
2232 * ];
2233 * @endcode
2234 *
2235 * Used by \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2236 * another class.
2237 */
2238 $wgExternalServers = [];
2239
2240 /**
2241 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2242 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2243 *
2244 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2245 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2246 *
2247 * @par Example:
2248 * @code
2249 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
2250 * @endcode
2251 *
2252 * @var array
2253 */
2254 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2255
2256 /**
2257 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2258 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2259 *
2260 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2261 */
2262 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 86400 * 7;
2263
2264 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2265
2266 /************************************************************************//**
2267 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2268 * @{
2269 */
2270
2271 /**
2272 * Disable database-intensive features
2273 */
2274 $wgMiserMode = false;
2275
2276 /**
2277 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2278 */
2279 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2280
2281 /**
2282 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2283 */
2284 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2285
2286 /**
2287 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2288 */
2289 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2290
2291 /**
2292 * Enable slow parser functions
2293 */
2294 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2295
2296 /**
2297 * Allow schema updates
2298 */
2299 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2300
2301 /**
2302 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2303 */
2304 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2305
2306 /**
2307 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2308 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2309 */
2310 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2311
2312 /**
2313 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2314 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2315 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2316 * @since 1.26
2317 */
2318 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2319
2320 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2321
2322 /************************************************************************//**
2323 * @name Cache settings
2324 * @{
2325 */
2326
2327 /**
2328 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2329 * from the web.
2330 *
2331 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2332 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2333 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2334 */
2335 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2336
2337 /**
2338 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2339 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2340 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2341 *
2342 * The options are:
2343 *
2344 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2345 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2346 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2347 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2348 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, APCU or WinCache
2349 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2350 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2351 *
2352 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2353 */
2354 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2355
2356 /**
2357 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2358 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2359 *
2360 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2361 */
2362 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2363
2364 /**
2365 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2366 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2367 *
2368 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2369 */
2370 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2371
2372 /**
2373 * The cache type for storing session data.
2374 *
2375 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2376 */
2377 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2378
2379 /**
2380 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2381 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2382 *
2383 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2384 *
2385 * @since 1.20
2386 */
2387 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2388
2389 /**
2390 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2391 *
2392 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2393 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2394 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2395 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2396 *
2397 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2398 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2399 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2400 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2401 */
2402 $wgObjectCaches = [
2403 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => EmptyBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2404 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2405
2406 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2407 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2408 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2409
2410 'db-replicated' => [
2411 'class' => ReplicatedBagOStuff::class,
2412 'readFactory' => [
2413 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2414 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2415 ],
2416 'writeFactory' => [
2417 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2418 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2419 ],
2420 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff',
2421 'reportDupes' => false
2422 ],
2423
2424 'apc' => [ 'class' => APCBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2425 'apcu' => [ 'class' => APCUBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2426 'wincache' => [ 'class' => WinCacheBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2427 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2428 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPeclBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2429 'hash' => [ 'class' => HashBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2430 ];
2431
2432 /**
2433 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2434 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2435 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2436 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2437 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2438 *
2439 * The options are:
2440 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2441 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2442 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2443 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2444 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2445 * @since 1.26
2446 */
2447 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2448
2449 /**
2450 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2451 *
2452 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2453 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2454 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2455 *
2456 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2457 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2458 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "channels" parameter is a map of
2459 * actions ('purge') to PubSub channels defined in $wgEventRelayerConfig.
2460 * The "loggroup" parameter controls where log events are sent.
2461 *
2462 * @since 1.26
2463 */
2464 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2465 CACHE_NONE => [
2466 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2467 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
2468 'channels' => []
2469 ]
2470 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2471 'memcached-php' => [
2472 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2473 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
2474 'channels' => [ 'purge' => 'wancache-main-memcached-purge' ]
2475 ]
2476 */
2477 ];
2478
2479 /**
2480 * Verify and enforce WAN cache purges using reliable DB sources as streams.
2481 *
2482 * These secondary cache purges are de-duplicated via simple cache mutexes.
2483 * This improves consistency when cache purges are lost, which becomes more likely
2484 * as more cache servers are added or if there are multiple datacenters. Only keys
2485 * related to important mutable content will be checked.
2486 *
2487 * @var bool
2488 * @since 1.29
2489 */
2490 $wgEnableWANCacheReaper = false;
2491
2492 /**
2493 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2494 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2495 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2496 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2497 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2498 *
2499 * The options are:
2500 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2501 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2502 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2503 *
2504 * @since 1.26
2505 */
2506 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2507
2508 /**
2509 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2510 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2511 */
2512 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2513
2514 /**
2515 * @deprecated since 1.27, session data is always stored in object cache.
2516 */
2517 $wgSessionsInObjectCache = true;
2518
2519 /**
2520 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2521 */
2522 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2523
2524 /**
2525 * @deprecated since 1.27, MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager doesn't use PHP session storage.
2526 */
2527 $wgSessionHandler = null;
2528
2529 /**
2530 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2531 *
2532 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2533 *
2534 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2535 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2536 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2537 * others' cookies.
2538 *
2539 * @since 1.27
2540 * @var string
2541 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2542 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2543 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2544 */
2545 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2546
2547 /**
2548 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2549 *
2550 * @since 1.28
2551 */
2552 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2553
2554 /**
2555 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2556 */
2557 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2558
2559 /**
2560 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2561 */
2562 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2563
2564 /**
2565 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2566 * requests.
2567 */
2568 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2569
2570 /**
2571 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2572 */
2573 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2574
2575 /**
2576 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2577 *
2578 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2579 *
2580 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2581 *
2582 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2583 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2584 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2585 */
2586 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2587
2588 /**
2589 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2590 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2591 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2592 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2593 */
2594 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2595
2596 /**
2597 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2598 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2599 *
2600 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2601 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2602 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2603 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2604 * otherwise the database will be used.
2605 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2606 * store static arrays.
2607 *
2608 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2609 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2610 *
2611 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2612 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2613 * will be used.
2614 *
2615 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2616 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2617 */
2618 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2619 'class' => LocalisationCache::class,
2620 'store' => 'detect',
2621 'storeClass' => false,
2622 'storeDirectory' => false,
2623 'manualRecache' => false,
2624 ];
2625
2626 /**
2627 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2628 */
2629 $wgCachePages = true;
2630
2631 /**
2632 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2633 * client-side and server-side caching.
2634 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2635 * @verbatim
2636 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2637 * @endverbatim
2638 */
2639 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2640
2641 /**
2642 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2643 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2644 */
2645 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2646
2647 /**
2648 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2649 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2650 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2651 */
2652 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2653
2654 /**
2655 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2656 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2657 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2658 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2659 */
2660 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2661
2662 /**
2663 * Kept for extension compatibility; see $wgParserCacheType
2664 * @deprecated since 1.26
2665 */
2666 $wgEnableParserCache = true;
2667
2668 /**
2669 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2670 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2671 */
2672 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2673
2674 /**
2675 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2676 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2677 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2678 *
2679 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2680 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2681 * don't update as expected.
2682 */
2683 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2684
2685 /**
2686 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2687 */
2688 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2689
2690 /**
2691 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2692 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2693 *
2694 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2695 */
2696 $wgUseGzip = false;
2697
2698 /**
2699 * Clock skew or the one-second resolution of time() can occasionally cause cache
2700 * problems when the user requests two pages within a short period of time. This
2701 * variable adds a given number of seconds to vulnerable timestamps, thereby giving
2702 * a grace period.
2703 */
2704 $wgClockSkewFudge = 5;
2705
2706 /**
2707 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2708 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2709 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2710 *
2711 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2712 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2713 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2714 */
2715 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2716
2717 /**
2718 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2719 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2720 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2721 *
2722 * @par Example:
2723 * @code
2724 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2725 * @endcode
2726 *
2727 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2728 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2729 *
2730 * @var int|bool
2731 */
2732 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2733
2734 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2735
2736 /************************************************************************//**
2737 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2738 *
2739 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2740 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2741 *
2742 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2743 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2744 * more details.
2745 *
2746 * @{
2747 */
2748
2749 /**
2750 * Enable/disable CDN.
2751 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2752 */
2753 $wgUseSquid = false;
2754
2755 /**
2756 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2757 * @deprecated in 1.33. This was a now-defunct experimental feature.
2758 */
2759 $wgUseESI = false;
2760
2761 /**
2762 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2763 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-ietf-httpbis-key/ for details.
2764 * @since 1.27
2765 * @deprecated in 1.32, the IETF spec expired without becoming a standard.
2766 */
2767 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2768
2769 /**
2770 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2771 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2772 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2773 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2774 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2775 * HTTP redirects.
2776 */
2777 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2778
2779 /**
2780 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2781 *
2782 * @par Example:
2783 * @code
2784 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2785 * @endcode
2786 */
2787 $wgInternalServer = false;
2788
2789 /**
2790 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2791 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2792 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2793 *
2794 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2795 */
2796 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2797
2798 /**
2799 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high
2800 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2801 * @since 1.27
2802 */
2803 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2804
2805 /**
2806 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2807 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2808 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2809 * replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2810 *
2811 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2812 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2813 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2814 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2815 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2816 *
2817 * @since 1.27
2818 */
2819 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2820
2821 /**
2822 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2823 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2824 * @since 1.27
2825 */
2826 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2827
2828 /**
2829 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2830 *
2831 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2832 */
2833 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2834
2835 /**
2836 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2837 *
2838 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2839 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2840 *
2841 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2842 */
2843 $wgSquidServers = [];
2844
2845 /**
2846 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2847 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2848 * CIDR blocks.
2849 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2850 */
2851 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2852
2853 /**
2854 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2855 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2856 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2857 *
2858 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2859 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2860 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2861 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2862 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2863 *
2864 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2865 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2866 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2867 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2868 * reverse).
2869 *
2870 * @since 1.21
2871 * @deprecated since 1.33, will always be true in a future release.
2872 */
2873 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2874
2875 /**
2876 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2877 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2878 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2879 *
2880 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2881 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2882 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2883 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2884 *
2885 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2886 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2887 * @code
2888 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2889 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
2890 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2891 * 'port' => 4827,
2892 * ],
2893 * '' => [
2894 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2895 * 'port' => 4827,
2896 * ],
2897 * ];
2898 * @endcode
2899 *
2900 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2901 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2902 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2903 *
2904 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2905 * @code
2906 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2907 * '' => [
2908 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2909 * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
2910 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2911 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
2912 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
2913 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
2914 * ],
2915 * ];
2916 * @endcode
2917 *
2918 * @since 1.22
2919 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2920 */
2921 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2922
2923 /**
2924 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2925 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2926 */
2927 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2928
2929 /**
2930 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2931 */
2932 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2933
2934 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2935
2936 /************************************************************************//**
2937 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2938 * @{
2939 */
2940
2941 /**
2942 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2943 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2944 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2945 *
2946 * Warning: Don't use any of MediaWiki's deprecated language codes listed in
2947 * LanguageCode::getDeprecatedCodeMapping or $wgDummyLanguageCodes, like "no"
2948 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead). If you do, things will break unexpectedly.
2949 *
2950 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2951 * change it in their preferences.
2952 *
2953 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2954 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2955 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2956 */
2957 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2958
2959 /**
2960 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2961 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2962 */
2963 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2964
2965 /**
2966 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2967 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2968 *
2969 * @par Example:
2970 * @code
2971 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2972 * @endcode
2973 */
2974 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2975
2976 /**
2977 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2978 */
2979 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2980
2981 /**
2982 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2983 */
2984 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2985
2986 /**
2987 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2988 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2989 * Notes:
2990 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2991 * map.
2992 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2993 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2994 * this array.
2995 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2996 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2997 * the prefix in this array.
2998 */
2999 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
3000
3001 /**
3002 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
3003 */
3004 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
3005
3006 /**
3007 * List of mappings from one language code to another.
3008 * This array makes the codes not appear as a selectable language on the
3009 * installer, and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
3010 *
3011 * In Setup.php, the variable $wgDummyLanguageCodes is created by combining
3012 * these codes with a list of "deprecated" codes, which are mostly leftovers
3013 * from renames or other legacy things, and the internal codes 'qqq' and 'qqx'.
3014 * If a mapping in $wgExtraLanguageCodes collide with a built-in mapping, the
3015 * value in $wgExtraLanguageCodes will be used.
3016 *
3017 * @since 1.29
3018 */
3019 $wgExtraLanguageCodes = [
3020 // Language codes of macro languages, which get mapped to the main language
3021 'bh' => 'bho', // Bihari language family
3022 'no' => 'nb', // Norwegian language family
3023
3024 // Language variants which get mapped to the main language
3025 'simple' => 'en', // Simple English
3026 ];
3027
3028 /**
3029 * Functionally the same as $wgExtraLanguageCodes, but deprecated. Instead of
3030 * appending values to this array, append them to $wgExtraLanguageCodes.
3031 *
3032 * @deprecated since 1.29
3033 */
3034 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [];
3035
3036 /**
3037 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
3038 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
3039 * set to "ar".
3040 *
3041 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
3042 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
3043 *
3044 * @deprecated since 1.33: in the future will always be true.
3045 */
3046 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
3047
3048 /**
3049 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
3050 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
3051 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
3052 * support these characters.
3053 *
3054 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
3055 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
3056 *
3057 * @deprecated since 1.33: in the future will always be true.
3058 */
3059 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
3060
3061 /**
3062 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
3063 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
3064 * impact.
3065 *
3066 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
3067 * details.
3068 *
3069 * @since 1.17
3070 */
3071 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
3072
3073 /**
3074 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
3075 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
3076 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
3077 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
3078 *
3079 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
3080 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
3081 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
3082 */
3083 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
3084
3085 /**
3086 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
3087 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
3088 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
3089 *
3090 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
3091 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
3092 * to remain viewable.
3093 *
3094 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
3095 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
3096 */
3097 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
3098
3099 /**
3100 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
3101 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
3102 */
3103 $wgAmericanDates = false;
3104
3105 /**
3106 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
3107 * numerals in interface.
3108 */
3109 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3110
3111 /**
3112 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3113 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3114 */
3115 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3116
3117 /**
3118 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3119 */
3120 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3121
3122 /**
3123 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3124 */
3125 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3126
3127 /**
3128 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3129 */
3130 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3131
3132 /**
3133 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3134 */
3135 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3136
3137 /**
3138 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3139 */
3140 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3141
3142 /**
3143 * Whether to enable the pig Latin variant of English (en-x-piglatin),
3144 * used to ease variant development work.
3145 */
3146 $wgUsePigLatinVariant = false;
3147
3148 /**
3149 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3150 *
3151 * @par Example:
3152 * @code
3153 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3154 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3155 * @endcode
3156 */
3157 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3158
3159 /**
3160 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3161 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3162 * language variant.
3163 *
3164 * @par Example:
3165 * @code
3166 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3167 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3168 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3169 * @endcode
3170 *
3171 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3172 *
3173 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3174 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3175 */
3176 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3177
3178 /**
3179 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3180 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3181 * customise these.
3182 */
3183 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3184
3185 /**
3186 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3187 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3188 *
3189 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3190 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3191 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3192 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3193 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3194 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3195 * the default behavior.
3196 *
3197 * @par Example:
3198 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3199 * portal:
3200 * @code
3201 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
3202 * @endcode
3203 */
3204 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3205
3206 /**
3207 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3208 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3209 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3210 *
3211 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3212 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3213 *
3214 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3215 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3216 *
3217 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3218 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3219 *
3220 * @par Examples:
3221 * @code
3222 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3223 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3224 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3225 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3226 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3227 * @endcode
3228 */
3229 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3230
3231 /**
3232 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3233 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3234 *
3235 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3236 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3237 *
3238 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3239 */
3240 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3241
3242 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3243
3244 /*************************************************************************//**
3245 * @name Output format and skin settings
3246 * @{
3247 */
3248
3249 /**
3250 * The default Content-Type header.
3251 */
3252 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3253
3254 /**
3255 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3256 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3257 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3258 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3259 * @deprecated since 1.22
3260 */
3261 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3262
3263 /**
3264 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3265 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3266 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3267 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3268 * @deprecated since 1.22
3269 */
3270 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3271
3272 /**
3273 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3274 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3275 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3276 * to true by Setup.php.
3277 * @deprecated since 1.22
3278 */
3279 $wgHtml5 = true;
3280
3281 /**
3282 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3283 *
3284 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3285 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3286 * See also https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3287 * @since 1.16
3288 */
3289 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3290
3291 /**
3292 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3293 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3294 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3295 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3296 * @since 1.24
3297 */
3298 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3299
3300 /**
3301 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3302 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3303 * stable and change has been communicated.
3304 * @since 1.24
3305 */
3306 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3307
3308 /**
3309 * Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor
3310 * as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as
3311 * "Publish page"/"Publish changes".
3312 *
3313 * @since 1.28
3314 */
3315 $wgEditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = false;
3316
3317 /**
3318 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3319 *
3320 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3321 *
3322 * @par Example:
3323 * @code
3324 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3325 * @endcode
3326 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3327 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3328 *
3329 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3330 */
3331 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3332
3333 /**
3334 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3335 *
3336 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3337 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3338 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3339 */
3340 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3341
3342 /**
3343 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3344 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3345 */
3346 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3347
3348 /**
3349 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3350 *
3351 * @since 1.24
3352 */
3353 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3354
3355 /**
3356 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3357 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3358 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3359 */
3360 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3361
3362 /**
3363 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3364 */
3365 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3366
3367 /**
3368 * Allow user Javascript page?
3369 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3370 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3371 */
3372 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3373
3374 /**
3375 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3376 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3377 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3378 */
3379 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3380
3381 /**
3382 * Allow style-related user-preferences?
3383 *
3384 * This controls whether the `editfont` and `underline` preferences
3385 * are availabe to users.
3386 */
3387 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3388
3389 /**
3390 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3391 */
3392 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3393
3394 /**
3395 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3396 */
3397 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3398
3399 /**
3400 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3401 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3402 */
3403 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3404
3405 /**
3406 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3407 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3408 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3409 *
3410 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3411 *
3412 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3413 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3414 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3415 *
3416 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3417 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3418 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3419 * recommended.
3420 *
3421 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3422 * not just edit pages.
3423 */
3424 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3425
3426 /**
3427 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3428 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3429 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3430 * Options are:
3431 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3432 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3433 * - false: Allow all framing.
3434 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3435 */
3436 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3437
3438 /**
3439 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3440 */
3441 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3442
3443 /**
3444 * How should section IDs be encoded?
3445 * This array can contain 1 or 2 elements, each of them can be one of:
3446 * - 'html5' is modern HTML5 style encoding with minimal escaping. Displays Unicode
3447 * characters in most browsers' address bars.
3448 * - 'legacy' is old MediaWiki-style encoding, e.g. 啤酒 turns into .E5.95.A4.E9.85.92
3449 *
3450 * The first element of this array specifies the primary mode of escaping IDs. This
3451 * is what users will see when they e.g. follow an [[#internal link]] to a section of
3452 * a page.
3453 *
3454 * The optional second element defines a fallback mode, useful for migrations.
3455 * If present, it will direct MediaWiki to add empty <span>s to every section with its
3456 * id attribute set to fallback encoded title so that links using the previous encoding
3457 * would still work.
3458 *
3459 * Example: you want to migrate your wiki from 'legacy' to 'html5'
3460 *
3461 * On the first step, set this variable to [ 'legacy', 'html5' ]. After a while, when
3462 * all caches (parser, HTTP, etc.) contain only pages generated with this setting,
3463 * flip the value to [ 'html5', 'legacy' ]. This will result in all internal links being
3464 * generated in the new encoding while old links (both external and cached internal) will
3465 * still work. After a long time, you might want to ditch backwards compatibility and
3466 * set it to [ 'html5' ]. After all, pages get edited, breaking incoming links no matter which
3467 * fragment mode is used.
3468 *
3469 * @since 1.30
3470 */
3471 $wgFragmentMode = [ 'legacy', 'html5' ];
3472
3473 /**
3474 * Which ID escaping mode should be used for external interwiki links? See documentation
3475 * for $wgFragmentMode above for details of each mode. Because you can't control external sites,
3476 * this setting should probably always be 'legacy', unless every wiki you link to has converted
3477 * to 'html5'.
3478 *
3479 * @since 1.30
3480 */
3481 $wgExternalInterwikiFragmentMode = 'legacy';
3482
3483 /**
3484 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3485 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3486 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3487 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3488 *
3489 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3490 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3491 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3492 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3493 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3494 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3495 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3496 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3497 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3498 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3499 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3500 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3501 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3502 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3503 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3504 * not be outputted
3505 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3506 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3507 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3508 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3509 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3510 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3511 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3512 */
3513 $wgFooterIcons = [
3514 "copyright" => [
3515 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3516 ],
3517 "poweredby" => [
3518 "mediawiki" => [
3519 // Defaults to point at
3520 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3521 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3522 "src" => null,
3523 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3524 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3525 ]
3526 ],
3527 ];
3528
3529 /**
3530 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3531 * to create an account.
3532 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3533 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3534 */
3535 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3536
3537 /**
3538 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3539 */
3540 $wgEdititis = false;
3541
3542 /**
3543 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3544 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3545 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3546 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3547 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3548 *
3549 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3550 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3551 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3552 */
3553 $wgSend404Code = true;
3554
3555 /**
3556 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3557 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3558 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3559 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3560 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3561 *
3562 * @since 1.20
3563 */
3564 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3565
3566 /**
3567 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3568 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3569 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3570 * unconditionally.
3571 */
3572 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3573
3574 /**
3575 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3576 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3577 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3578 * the domain root.
3579 *
3580 * @since 1.25
3581 */
3582 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3583
3584 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3585
3586 /*************************************************************************//**
3587 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3588 * @{
3589 */
3590
3591 /**
3592 * Client-side resource modules.
3593 *
3594 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3595 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3596 *
3597 * @par Example:
3598 * @code
3599 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
3600 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3601 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3602 * 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ],
3603 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3604 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3605 * ];
3606 * @endcode
3607 */
3608 $wgResourceModules = [];
3609
3610 /**
3611 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3612 *
3613 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3614 * not be modified or disabled.
3615 *
3616 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3617 *
3618 * @par Example:
3619 * @code
3620 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3621 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3622 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3623 * ];
3624 *
3625 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3626 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3627 * ];
3628 * @endcode
3629 *
3630 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3631 *
3632 * @par Equivalent:
3633 * @code
3634 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3635 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3636 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3637 * 'skinStyles' => [
3638 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3639 * ],
3640 * ];
3641 * @endcode
3642 *
3643 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3644 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3645 *
3646 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3647 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3648 *
3649 * @par Example:
3650 * @code
3651 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3652 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3653 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3654 * 'skinStyles' => [
3655 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3656 * ],
3657 * ];
3658 * // Note the '+' character:
3659 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3660 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3661 * ];
3662 * @endcode
3663 *
3664 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3665 *
3666 * @par Equivalent:
3667 * @code
3668 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3669 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3670 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3671 * 'skinStyles' => [
3672 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3673 * 'foo' => [
3674 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3675 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3676 * ],
3677 * ],
3678 * ];
3679 * @endcode
3680 *
3681 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3682 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3683 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3684 *
3685 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3686 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3687 *
3688 * @par Example:
3689 * @code
3690 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3691 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3692 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3693 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3694 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3695 * ];
3696 * @endcode
3697 */
3698 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3699
3700 /**
3701 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3702 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3703 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3704 *
3705 * @par Example:
3706 * @code
3707 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3708 * @endcode
3709 */
3710 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3711
3712 /**
3713 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3714 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3715 */
3716 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3717
3718 /**
3719 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3720 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3721 *
3722 * Following options to distinguish:
3723 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3724 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3725 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3726 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3727 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3728 *
3729 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3730 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3731 * client and MediaWiki.
3732 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3733 */
3734 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3735 'versioned' => [
3736 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3737 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3738 ],
3739 'unversioned' => [
3740 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3741 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3742 ],
3743 ];
3744
3745 /**
3746 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3747 *
3748 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3749 */
3750 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3751
3752 /**
3753 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3754 *
3755 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3756 */
3757 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3758
3759 /**
3760 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3761 *
3762 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3763 * work.
3764 *
3765 * @par Example of legacy code:
3766 * @code{,js}
3767 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3768 * @endcode
3769 * or:
3770 * @code{,js}
3771 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3772 * @endcode
3773 *
3774 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3775 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3776 * @code{,js}
3777 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3778 * @endcode
3779 * or:
3780 * @code{,js}
3781 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3782 * @endcode
3783 */
3784 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3785
3786 /**
3787 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3788 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3789 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3790 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3791 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3792 * that you can't increase.
3793 *
3794 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3795 * string length limit.
3796 *
3797 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3798 */
3799 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3800
3801 /**
3802 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3803 * prior to minification to validate it.
3804 *
3805 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3806 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3807 */
3808 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3809
3810 /**
3811 * When enabled, execution of JavaScript modules is profiled client-side.
3812 *
3813 * Instrumentation happens in mw.loader.profiler.
3814 * Use `mw.inspect('time')` from the browser console to display the data.
3815 *
3816 * @since 1.32
3817 */
3818 $wgResourceLoaderEnableJSProfiler = false;
3819
3820 /**
3821 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3822 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3823 */
3824 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = true;
3825
3826 /**
3827 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3828 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3829 *
3830 * @since 1.23
3831 */
3832 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3833
3834 /**
3835 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3836 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3837 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3838 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3839 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3840 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3841 * from the rest of the site.
3842 *
3843 * @since 1.25
3844 */
3845 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3846
3847 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3848
3849 /*************************************************************************//**
3850 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3851 * @{
3852 */
3853
3854 /**
3855 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3856 * used instead.
3857 */
3858 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3859
3860 /**
3861 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3862 *
3863 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3864 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3865 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3866 */
3867 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3868
3869 /**
3870 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3871 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3872 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3873 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3874 * hook or extension.json.
3875 *
3876 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3877 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3878 * the new namespace name.
3879 *
3880 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3881 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3882 *
3883 * @par Example:
3884 * @code
3885 * $wgExtraNamespaces = [
3886 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3887 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3888 * 102 => "Aide",
3889 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3890 * ];
3891 * @endcode
3892 *
3893 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3894 */
3895 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3896
3897 /**
3898 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3899 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3900 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3901 * @since 1.18
3902 */
3903 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3904
3905 /**
3906 * Namespace aliases.
3907 *
3908 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3909 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3910 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3911 * name.
3912 *
3913 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3914 *
3915 * @par Example:
3916 * @code
3917 * $wgNamespaceAliases = [
3918 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3919 * 'Help' => 100,
3920 * ];
3921 * @endcode
3922 */
3923 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3924
3925 /**
3926 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3927 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3928 *
3929 * Problematic punctuation:
3930 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3931 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3932 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3933 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3934 * corrupted by apache
3935 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3936 *
3937 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3938 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3939 *
3940 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3941 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3942 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3943 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3944 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3945 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3946 *
3947 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3948 */
3949 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3950
3951 /**
3952 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3953 *
3954 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3955 */
3956 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3957
3958 /**
3959 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3960 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3961 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3962 *
3963 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3964 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3965 */
3966 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3967
3968 /**
3969 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3970 */
3971 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3972
3973 /**
3974 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3975 * @{
3976 */
3977
3978 /**
3979 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3980 * database (.cdb) file.
3981 *
3982 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3983 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3984 * formats such as the following:
3985 *
3986 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3987 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3988 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3989 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3990 *
3991 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3992 * data layout.
3993 *
3994 * @var bool|array|string
3995 */
3996 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3997
3998 /**
3999 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
4000 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
4001 * - 2: wiki and global levels
4002 * - 3: site levels
4003 */
4004 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
4005
4006 /**
4007 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
4008 */
4009 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
4010
4011 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
4012
4013 /**
4014 * @name SiteStore caching settings.
4015 * @{
4016 */
4017
4018 /**
4019 * Specify the file location for the Sites json cache file.
4020 */
4021 $wgSitesCacheFile = false;
4022
4023 /** @} */ # end of SiteStore caching settings.
4024
4025 /**
4026 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
4027 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
4028 * as 'redirected from' links.
4029 *
4030 * @par Example:
4031 * It might look something like this:
4032 * @code
4033 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
4034 * @endcode
4035 *
4036 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
4037 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
4038 * the URL.
4039 */
4040 $wgRedirectSources = false;
4041
4042 /**
4043 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
4044 *
4045 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
4046 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
4047 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
4048 */
4049 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
4050
4051 /**
4052 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such
4053 * as Special, see MWNamespace::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be
4054 * true by default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that
4055 * require them to be so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their
4056 * associated content namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the
4057 * subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from
4058 * NS_FILE.
4059 *
4060 * @par Example:
4061 * @code
4062 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
4063 * @endcode
4064 */
4065 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4066
4067 /**
4068 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4069 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4070 */
4071 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4072 NS_TALK => true,
4073 NS_USER => true,
4074 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4075 NS_PROJECT => true,
4076 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4077 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4078 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4079 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4080 NS_TEMPLATE => true,
4081 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4082 NS_HELP => true,
4083 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4084 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4085 ];
4086
4087 /**
4088 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4089 *
4090 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4091 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4092 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4093 *
4094 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4095 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4096 *
4097 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4098 * the new extension registration system.
4099 *
4100 * @since 1.23
4101 */
4102 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4103
4104 /**
4105 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4106 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4107 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4108 * number of articles in the wiki.
4109 */
4110 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4111
4112 /**
4113 * Optional array of namespaces which should be blacklisted from Special:ShortPages
4114 * Only pages inside $wgContentNamespaces but not $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist will
4115 * be shown on that page.
4116 * @since 1.30
4117 */
4118 $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist = [];
4119
4120 /**
4121 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4122 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4123 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4124 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4125 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4126 */
4127 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4128
4129 /**
4130 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4131 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4132 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4133 */
4134 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4135
4136 /**
4137 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4138 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4139 * will make the redirect fail.
4140 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4141 * (T12569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4142 *
4143 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4144 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4145 */
4146 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4147
4148 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4149
4150 /************************************************************************//**
4151 * @name Parser settings
4152 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4153 * @{
4154 */
4155
4156 /**
4157 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4158 *
4159 * class The class name
4160 *
4161 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4162 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4163 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4164 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4165 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4166 *
4167 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4168 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4169 *
4170 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4171 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4172 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4173 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4174 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4175 * an extension setup function.
4176 */
4177 $wgParserConf = [
4178 'class' => Parser::class,
4179 # 'preprocessorClass' => Preprocessor_Hash::class,
4180 ];
4181
4182 /**
4183 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4184 */
4185 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4186
4187 /**
4188 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4189 * by PPFrame::expand()
4190 */
4191 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4192
4193 /**
4194 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4195 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4196 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4197 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4198 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4199 *
4200 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4201 */
4202 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4203
4204 /**
4205 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4206 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4207 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4208 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4209 */
4210 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4211
4212 /**
4213 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4214 */
4215 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4216
4217 /**
4218 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4219 *
4220 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4221 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4222 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See task T46011 for
4223 * more information.
4224 *
4225 * @see wfParseUrl
4226 */
4227 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4228 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4229 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4230 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4231 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4232 ];
4233
4234 /**
4235 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4236 */
4237 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4238
4239 /**
4240 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4241 */
4242 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4243
4244 /**
4245 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4246 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4247 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4248 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4249 *
4250 * @par Examples:
4251 * @code
4252 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4253 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
4254 * @endcode
4255 */
4256 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4257
4258 /**
4259 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4260 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4261 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4262 * The image will be displayed.
4263 *
4264 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4265 * Or false to disable it
4266 *
4267 * @since 1.14
4268 */
4269 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = false;
4270
4271 /**
4272 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4273 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4274 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4275 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4276 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4277 * sites they control.
4278 */
4279 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4280
4281 /**
4282 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4283 * array to enable an external tool. By default, we now use the RemexHtml
4284 * library; historically, Dave Raggett's "HTML Tidy" was typically used.
4285 * See https://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/
4286 *
4287 * Setting this to null is deprecated.
4288 *
4289 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is true, the deprecated configuration
4290 * parameters will be used instead.
4291 *
4292 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is false, a pure PHP fallback will be used.
4293 * (Equivalent to setting `$wgTidyConfig['driver'] = 'disabled'`.)
4294 *
4295 * Keys are:
4296 * - driver: May be:
4297 * - RemexHtml: Use the RemexHtml library in PHP
4298 * - RaggettInternalHHVM: Use the limited-functionality HHVM extension
4299 * Deprecated since 1.32.
4300 * - RaggettInternalPHP: Use the PECL extension
4301 * Deprecated since 1.32.
4302 * - RaggettExternal: Shell out to an external binary (tidyBin)
4303 * Deprecated since 1.32.
4304 * - disabled: Disable tidy pass and use a hacky pure PHP workaround
4305 * (this is what setting $wgUseTidy to false used to do)
4306 * Deprecated since 1.32.
4307 *
4308 * - tidyConfigFile: Path to configuration file for any of the Raggett drivers
4309 * - debugComment: True to add a comment to the output with warning messages
4310 * - tidyBin: For RaggettExternal, the path to the tidy binary.
4311 * - tidyCommandLine: For RaggettExternal, additional command line options.
4312 */
4313 $wgTidyConfig = [ 'driver' => 'RemexHtml' ];
4314
4315 /**
4316 * Set this to true to use the deprecated tidy configuration parameters.
4317 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgTidyConfig['driver'] = 'disabled'
4318 */
4319 $wgUseTidy = false;
4320
4321 /**
4322 * The path to the tidy binary.
4323 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgTidyConfig['tidyBin']
4324 */
4325 $wgTidyBin = 'tidy';
4326
4327 /**
4328 * The path to the tidy config file
4329 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgTidyConfig['tidyConfigFile']
4330 */
4331 $wgTidyConf = $IP . '/includes/tidy/tidy.conf';
4332
4333 /**
4334 * The command line options to the tidy binary
4335 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgTidyConfig['tidyCommandLine']
4336 */
4337 $wgTidyOpts = '';
4338
4339 /**
4340 * Set this to true to use the tidy extension
4341 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgTidyConfig['driver']
4342 */
4343 $wgTidyInternal = extension_loaded( 'tidy' );
4344
4345 /**
4346 * Put tidy warnings in HTML comments
4347 * Only works for internal tidy.
4348 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgTidyConfig['debugComment']
4349 */
4350 $wgDebugTidy = false;
4351
4352 /**
4353 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4354 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4355 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4356 */
4357 $wgRawHtml = false;
4358
4359 /**
4360 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4361 *
4362 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4363 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4364 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4365 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4366 * to some of your users.
4367 */
4368 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4369
4370 /**
4371 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4372 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4373 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4374 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4375 */
4376 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4377
4378 /**
4379 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4380 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4381 */
4382 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4383
4384 /**
4385 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4386 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4387 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4388 *
4389 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
4390 *
4391 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4392 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4393 * etc.
4394 *
4395 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4396 */
4397 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4398
4399 /**
4400 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4401 */
4402 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4403
4404 /**
4405 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4406 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4407 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4408 */
4409 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4410
4411 /**
4412 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4413 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4414 */
4415 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4416
4417 /**
4418 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4419 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4420 */
4421 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4422
4423 /**
4424 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4425 */
4426 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4427
4428 /**
4429 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in object cache.
4430 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4431 */
4432 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4433
4434 /**
4435 * Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx,
4436 * PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links
4437 *
4438 * @since 1.28
4439 */
4440 $wgEnableMagicLinks = [
4441 'ISBN' => false,
4442 'PMID' => false,
4443 'RFC' => false
4444 ];
4445
4446 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4447
4448 /************************************************************************//**
4449 * @name Statistics
4450 * @{
4451 */
4452
4453 /**
4454 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4455 * as a valid article.
4456 *
4457 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4458 *
4459 * This variable can have the following values:
4460 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4461 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4462 *
4463 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4464 *
4465 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4466 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4467 * script.
4468 */
4469 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4470
4471 /**
4472 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4473 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4474 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4475 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4476 * numbers between different wikis.
4477 */
4478 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4479
4480 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4481
4482 /************************************************************************//**
4483 * @name User accounts, authentication
4484 * @{
4485 */
4486
4487 /**
4488 * Central ID lookup providers
4489 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4490 * @since 1.27
4491 */
4492 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4493 'local' => [ 'class' => LocalIdLookup::class ],
4494 ];
4495
4496 /**
4497 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4498 * @var string
4499 */
4500 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4501
4502 /**
4503 * Password policy for local wiki users. A user's effective policy
4504 * is the superset of all policy statements from the policies for the
4505 * groups where the user is a member. If more than one group policy
4506 * include the same policy statement, the value is the max() of the
4507 * values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group is required,
4508 * and serves as the minimum policy for all users. New statements can
4509 * be added by appending to $wgPasswordPolicy['checks'].
4510 * Statements:
4511 * - MinimalPasswordLength - minimum length a user can set
4512 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - passwords shorter than this will
4513 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4514 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4515 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4516 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match username to
4517 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4518 * match a specific, hardcoded blacklist.
4519 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4520 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4521 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4522 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4523 * @since 1.26
4524 */
4525 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4526 'policies' => [
4527 'bureaucrat' => [
4528 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4529 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4530 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4531 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4532 ],
4533 'sysop' => [
4534 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4535 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4536 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4537 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4538 ],
4539 'interface-admin' => [
4540 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4541 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4542 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4543 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4544 ],
4545 'bot' => [
4546 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4547 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4548 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4549 ],
4550 'default' => [
4551 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 1,
4552 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4553 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => true,
4554 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 4096,
4555 ],
4556 ],
4557 'checks' => [
4558 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4559 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4560 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4561 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4562 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4563 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist'
4564 ],
4565 ];
4566
4567 /**
4568 * Configure AuthManager
4569 *
4570 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4571 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4572 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4573 * (default is 0).
4574 *
4575 * Elements are:
4576 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4577 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4578 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4579 *
4580 * @since 1.27
4581 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4582 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4583 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4584 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4585 */
4586 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4587
4588 /**
4589 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4590 * @since 1.27
4591 */
4592 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4593 'preauth' => [
4594 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4595 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4596 'sort' => 0,
4597 ],
4598 ],
4599 'primaryauth' => [
4600 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4601 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4602 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4603 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4604 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4605 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4606 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4607 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4608 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4609 'args' => [ [
4610 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4611 'authoritative' => false,
4612 ] ],
4613 'sort' => 0,
4614 ],
4615 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4616 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4617 'args' => [ [
4618 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4619 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4620 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4621 // password") if it too fails.
4622 'authoritative' => true,
4623 ] ],
4624 'sort' => 100,
4625 ],
4626 ],
4627 'secondaryauth' => [
4628 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4629 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4630 'sort' => 0,
4631 ],
4632 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4633 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4634 'sort' => 100,
4635 ],
4636 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4637 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4638 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4639 // 'sort' => 100,
4640 // ],
4641 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4642 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4643 'sort' => 200,
4644 ],
4645 ],
4646 ];
4647
4648 /**
4649 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4650 *
4651 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4652 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4653 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4654 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4655 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4656 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4657 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4658 * that needs to do this.
4659 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4660 * the last X seconds.
4661 * - Come up with a third option.
4662 *
4663 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4664 * "X seconds".
4665 *
4666 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4667 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4668 * - LinkAccounts
4669 * - UnlinkAccount
4670 * - ChangeCredentials
4671 * - RemoveCredentials
4672 * - ChangeEmail
4673 *
4674 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4675 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4676 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4677 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4678 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4679 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4680 *
4681 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4682 *
4683 * @since 1.27
4684 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4685 */
4686 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4687 'default' => 300,
4688 ];
4689
4690 /**
4691 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4692 *
4693 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4694 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4695 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4696 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4697 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4698 *
4699 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4700 *
4701 * @since 1.27
4702 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4703 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4704 */
4705 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4706 'default' => true,
4707 ];
4708
4709 /**
4710 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4711 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4712 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4713 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4714 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4715 * @since 1.27
4716 * @var string[]
4717 */
4718 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4719 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4720 ];
4721
4722 /**
4723 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4724 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4725 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4726 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4727 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4728 * @since 1.27
4729 * @var string[]
4730 */
4731 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4732 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4733 ];
4734
4735 /**
4736 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4737 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4738 */
4739 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4740
4741 /**
4742 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4743 * words are allowed.
4744 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4745 */
4746 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4747
4748 /**
4749 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4750 *
4751 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4752 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4753 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4754 *
4755 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4756 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4757 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4758 */
4759 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4760
4761 /**
4762 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4763 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4764 * @since 1.23
4765 */
4766 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4767
4768 /**
4769 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4770 *
4771 * @since 1.24
4772 */
4773 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4774
4775 /**
4776 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4777 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4778 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4779 *
4780 * An advanced example:
4781 * @code
4782 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
4783 * 'class' => EncryptedPassword::class,
4784 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4785 * 'secrets' => [
4786 * hash( 'sha256', 'secret', true ),
4787 * ],
4788 * 'cipher' => 'aes-256-cbc',
4789 * ];
4790 * @endcode
4791 *
4792 * @since 1.24
4793 */
4794 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4795 'A' => [
4796 'class' => MWOldPassword::class,
4797 ],
4798 'B' => [
4799 'class' => MWSaltedPassword::class,
4800 ],
4801 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4802 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4803 'types' => [
4804 'A',
4805 'pbkdf2',
4806 ],
4807 ],
4808 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4809 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4810 'types' => [
4811 'B',
4812 'pbkdf2',
4813 ],
4814 ],
4815 'bcrypt' => [
4816 'class' => BcryptPassword::class,
4817 'cost' => 9,
4818 ],
4819 'pbkdf2' => [
4820 'class' => Pbkdf2Password::class,
4821 'algo' => 'sha512',
4822 'cost' => '30000',
4823 'length' => '64',
4824 ],
4825 ];
4826
4827 /**
4828 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4829 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4830 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4831 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4832 */
4833 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4834 'username' => true,
4835 'email' => true,
4836 ];
4837
4838 /**
4839 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4840 */
4841 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4842
4843 /**
4844 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4845 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4846 */
4847 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4848
4849 /**
4850 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4851 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4852 */
4853 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4854 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4855 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4856 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4857 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4858 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4859 'Unknown user', // Used in WikiImporter and RevisionStore for revisions with no author
4860 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4861 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4862 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4863 'msg:sorbs', // For $wgEnableDnsBlacklist etc.
4864 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4865 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4866 ];
4867
4868 /**
4869 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4870 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4871 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4872 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4873 */
4874 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4875 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4876 'cols' => 80, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4877 'date' => 'default',
4878 'diffonly' => 0,
4879 'disablemail' => 0,
4880 'editfont' => 'monospace',
4881 'editondblclick' => 0,
4882 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4883 'email-allow-new-users' => 1,
4884 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4885 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4886 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4887 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4888 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4889 'fancysig' => 0,
4890 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4891 'gender' => 'unknown',
4892 'hideminor' => 0,
4893 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4894 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4895 'imagesize' => 2,
4896 'minordefault' => 0,
4897 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4898 'nickname' => '',
4899 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4900 'numberheadings' => 0,
4901 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4902 'previewontop' => 1,
4903 'rcdays' => 7,
4904 'rcenhancedfilters' => 0,
4905 'rcenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
4906 'rclimit' => 50,
4907 'rows' => 25, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4908 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4909 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4910 'skin' => false,
4911 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4912 'thumbsize' => 5,
4913 'underline' => 2,
4914 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4915 'usenewrc' => 1,
4916 'watchcreations' => 1,
4917 'watchdefault' => 1,
4918 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4919 'watchuploads' => 1,
4920 'watchlistdays' => 7.0,
4921 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4922 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4923 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4924 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4925 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4926 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4927 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4928 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4929 'watchlistunwatchlinks' => 0,
4930 'watchmoves' => 0,
4931 'watchrollback' => 0,
4932 'wlenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
4933 'wllimit' => 250,
4934 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4935 'prefershttps' => 1,
4936 ];
4937
4938 /**
4939 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4940 */
4941 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4942
4943 /**
4944 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4945 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4946 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4947 */
4948 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4949
4950 /**
4951 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4952 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4953 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4954 *
4955 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4956 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4957 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4958 */
4959 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4960
4961 /**
4962 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4963 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4964 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4965 * @since 1.17
4966 */
4967 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4968
4969 /**
4970 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4971 *
4972 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4973 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4974 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4975 *
4976 * @since 1.27
4977 * @var string|null
4978 */
4979 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4980
4981 /**
4982 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4983 *
4984 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4985 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4986 *
4987 * @since 1.27
4988 */
4989 $wgSessionProviders = [
4990 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4991 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4992 'args' => [ [
4993 'priority' => 30,
4994 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4995 ] ],
4996 ],
4997 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4998 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4999 'args' => [ [
5000 'priority' => 75,
5001 ] ],
5002 ],
5003 ];
5004
5005 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
5006
5007 /************************************************************************//**
5008 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
5009 * @{
5010 */
5011
5012 /**
5013 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
5014 */
5015 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
5016
5017 /**
5018 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
5019 */
5020 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
5021
5022 /**
5023 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
5024 */
5025 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
5026
5027 /**
5028 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
5029 *
5030 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
5031 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
5032 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
5033 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
5034 *
5035 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
5036 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
5037 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
5038 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
5039 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
5040 */
5041 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
5042 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
5043 'IPv6' => 19,
5044 ];
5045
5046 /**
5047 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
5048 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
5049 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
5050 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
5051 * anonymous visitors.
5052 */
5053 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
5054
5055 /**
5056 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
5057 *
5058 * @par Example:
5059 * @code
5060 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
5061 * @endcode
5062 *
5063 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
5064 *
5065 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5066 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5067 *
5068 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
5069 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
5070 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
5071 *
5072 * @note Extensions should not modify this, but use the TitleReadWhitelist
5073 * hook instead.
5074 */
5075 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
5076
5077 /**
5078 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
5079 *
5080 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
5081 * is without underscore.
5082 *
5083 * @par Example:
5084 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
5085 * @code
5086 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
5087 * @endcode
5088 *
5089 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
5090 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
5091 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
5092 *
5093 * @par Example:
5094 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
5095 * @code
5096 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
5097 * @endcode
5098 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
5099 *
5100 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5101 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5102 */
5103 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5104
5105 /**
5106 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5107 * address before being allowed to edit?
5108 */
5109 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5110
5111 /**
5112 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5113 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5114 */
5115 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5116
5117 /**
5118 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5119 *
5120 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5121 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5122 *
5123 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5124 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5125 *
5126 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5127 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5128 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5129 * in in the user_groups table.
5130 *
5131 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
5132 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5133 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5134 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5135 *
5136 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5137 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5138 *
5139 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5140 */
5141 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5142
5143 /** @cond file_level_code */
5144 // Implicit group for all visitors
5145 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5146 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5147 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5148 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5149 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5150 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5151 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5152 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5153 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5154 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5155 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5156 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5157
5158 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5159 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5160 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5161 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5162 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5163 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5164 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5165 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5166 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5167 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5168 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5169 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5170 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5171 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5172 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5173 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5174 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5175 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5176 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true;
5177 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5178 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5179 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5180 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5181
5182 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5183 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5184 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5185
5186 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5187 // from various log pages by default
5188 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5189 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5190 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5191 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5192 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5193 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5194 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5195 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5196
5197 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5198 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5199 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5200 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5201 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5202 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5203 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5204 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5205 // can view deleted revision text
5206 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5207 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5208 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5209 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsitejson'] = true;
5210 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjson'] = true;
5211 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5212 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5213 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5214 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5215 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5216 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5217 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5218 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5219 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5220 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5221 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5222 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5223 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5224 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5225 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5226 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5227 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5228 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5229 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5230 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5231 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5232 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5233 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5234 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5235 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5236 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5237 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5238 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5239 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5240 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5241 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5242
5243 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editinterface'] = true;
5244 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editsitecss'] = true;
5245 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editsitejson'] = true;
5246 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editsitejs'] = true;
5247 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editusercss'] = true;
5248 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['edituserjson'] = true;
5249 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['edituserjs'] = true;
5250
5251 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5252 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5253 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5254 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5255 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5256 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5257 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5258
5259 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5260 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5261 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5262 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5263 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5264 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5265 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5266 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5267 // For private suppression log access
5268 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5269
5270 /**
5271 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5272 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5273 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5274 * server.
5275 */
5276 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5277
5278 /** @endcond */
5279
5280 /**
5281 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5282 *
5283 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5284 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5285 *
5286 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5287 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5288 */
5289 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5290
5291 /**
5292 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5293 */
5294 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5295
5296 /**
5297 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5298 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5299 *
5300 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5301 * group".
5302 *
5303 * @par Example:
5304 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5305 * @code
5306 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
5307 * @endcode
5308 *
5309 * @par Example:
5310 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5311 * @code
5312 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
5313 * @endcode
5314 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5315 * any group that they happen to be in.
5316 */
5317 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5318
5319 /**
5320 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5321 */
5322 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5323
5324 /**
5325 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5326 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5327 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5328 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5329 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5330 */
5331 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5332
5333 /**
5334 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5335 *
5336 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5337 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5338 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5339 *
5340 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5341 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5342 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5343 */
5344 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5345
5346 /**
5347 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5348 *
5349 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5350 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5351 *
5352 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5353 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5354 */
5355 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5356
5357 /**
5358 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5359 *
5360 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5361 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5362 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5363 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5364 * "semiprotected".
5365 *
5366 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5367 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5368 */
5369 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5370
5371 /**
5372 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5373 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5374 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5375 *
5376 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5377 */
5378 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5379
5380 /**
5381 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5382 *
5383 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5384 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5385 *
5386 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5387 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5388 */
5389 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5390
5391 /**
5392 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5393 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5394 * privileges of new accounts.
5395 *
5396 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5397 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5398 *
5399 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5400 *
5401 * @par Example:
5402 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5403 * @code
5404 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5405 * @endcode
5406 * Set age to one day:
5407 * @code
5408 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5409 * @endcode
5410 */
5411 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5412
5413 /**
5414 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5415 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5416 *
5417 * @par Example:
5418 * @code
5419 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5420 * @endcode
5421 */
5422 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5423
5424 /**
5425 * Array containing the conditions of automatic promotion of a user to specific groups.
5426 *
5427 * The basic syntax for `$wgAutopromote` is:
5428 *
5429 * $wgAutopromote = array(
5430 * 'groupname' => cond,
5431 * 'group2' => cond2,
5432 * );
5433 *
5434 * A `cond` may be:
5435 * - a single condition without arguments:
5436 * Note that Autopromote wraps a single non-array value into an array
5437 * e.g. `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` OR
5438 * array( `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` )
5439 * - a single condition with arguments:
5440 * e.g. `array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, 100 )`
5441 * - a set of conditions:
5442 * e.g. `array( 'operand', cond1, cond2, ... )`
5443 *
5444 * When constructing a set of conditions, the following conditions are available:
5445 * - `&` (**AND**):
5446 * promote if user matches **ALL** conditions
5447 * - `|` (**OR**):
5448 * promote if user matches **ANY** condition
5449 * - `^` (**XOR**):
5450 * promote if user matches **ONLY ONE OF THE CONDITIONS**
5451 * - `!` (**NOT**):
5452 * promote if user matces **NO** condition
5453 * - array( APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ):
5454 * true if user has a confirmed e-mail
5455 * - array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ):
5456 * true if user has the at least the number of edits as the passed parameter
5457 * - array( APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ):
5458 * true if the length of time since the user created his/her account
5459 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5460 * - array( APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ):
5461 * true if the length of time since the user made his/her first edit
5462 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5463 * - array( APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ):
5464 * true if the user is a member of each of the passed groups
5465 * - array( APCOND_ISIP, ip ):
5466 * true if the user has the passed IP address
5467 * - array( APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ):
5468 * true if the user has an IP address in the range of the passed parameter
5469 * - array( APCOND_BLOCKED ):
5470 * true if the user is blocked
5471 * - array( APCOND_ISBOT ):
5472 * true if the user is a bot
5473 * - similar constructs can be defined by extensions
5474 *
5475 * The sets of conditions are evaluated recursively, so you can use nested sets of conditions
5476 * linked by operands.
5477 *
5478 * Note that if $wgEmailAuthentication is disabled, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5479 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5480 */
5481 $wgAutopromote = [
5482 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5483 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5484 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5485 ],
5486 ];
5487
5488 /**
5489 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5490 *
5491 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5492 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5493 *
5494 * The format is:
5495 * @code
5496 * [ event => criteria, ... ]
5497 * @endcode
5498 * Where event is either:
5499 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5500 *
5501 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5502 *
5503 * @see $wgAutopromote
5504 * @since 1.18
5505 */
5506 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5507 'onEdit' => [],
5508 ];
5509
5510 /**
5511 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5512 * @since 1.18
5513 */
5514 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5515
5516 /**
5517 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5518 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5519 *
5520 * @par Example:
5521 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5522 * @code
5523 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5524 * @endcode
5525 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5526 * @code
5527 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
5528 * @endcode
5529 * Sysops can make bots:
5530 * @code
5531 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
5532 * @endcode
5533 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5534 * @code
5535 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
5536 * @endcode
5537 */
5538 $wgAddGroups = [];
5539
5540 /**
5541 * @see $wgAddGroups
5542 */
5543 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5544
5545 /**
5546 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5547 * For extensions only.
5548 */
5549 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5550
5551 /**
5552 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5553 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5554 */
5555 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5556
5557 /**
5558 * Page deletions with > this number of revisions will use the job queue.
5559 * Revisions will be archived in batches of (at most) this size, one batch per job.
5560 */
5561 $wgDeleteRevisionsBatchSize = 1000;
5562
5563 /**
5564 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5565 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5566 * This is limited for performance reason.
5567 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5568 * @since 1.23
5569 */
5570 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5571
5572 /**
5573 * Number of accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s).
5574 *
5575 * @par Example:
5576 * @code
5577 * $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [
5578 * // no more than 100 per month
5579 * [
5580 * 'count' => 100,
5581 * 'seconds' => 30*86400,
5582 * ],
5583 * // no more than 10 per day
5584 * [
5585 * 'count' => 10,
5586 * 'seconds' => 86400,
5587 * ],
5588 * ];
5589 * @endcode
5590 *
5591 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5592 */
5593 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [ [
5594 'count' => 0,
5595 'seconds' => 86400,
5596 ] ];
5597
5598 /**
5599 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5600 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5601 *
5602 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5603 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5604 *
5605 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5606 *
5607 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5608 */
5609 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5610
5611 /**
5612 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5613 */
5614 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5615
5616 /**
5617 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5618 * proxies
5619 * @since 1.16
5620 */
5621 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5622
5623 /**
5624 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5625 *
5626 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5627 * the blacklist require a key).
5628 *
5629 * @par Example:
5630 * @code
5631 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
5632 * // String containing URL
5633 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5634 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5635 * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
5636 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5637 * // just use a string as shown above
5638 * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
5639 * ];
5640 * @endcode
5641 *
5642 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5643 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5644 * @since 1.16
5645 */
5646 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5647
5648 /**
5649 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5650 * what the other methods might say.
5651 */
5652 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5653
5654 /**
5655 * IP ranges that should be considered soft-blocked (anon-only, account
5656 * creation allowed). The intent is to use this to prevent anonymous edits from
5657 * shared resources such as Wikimedia Labs.
5658 * @since 1.29
5659 * @var string[]
5660 */
5661 $wgSoftBlockRanges = [];
5662
5663 /**
5664 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5665 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5666 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5667 */
5668 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5669
5670 /**
5671 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5672 *
5673 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5674 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5675 * elapses.
5676 *
5677 * @par Example:
5678 * Limits per configured per action and then type of users.
5679 * @code
5680 * $wgRateLimits = [
5681 * 'edit' => [
5682 * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5683 * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
5684 * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5685 * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
5686 * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5687 * 'groupName' => [ x, y ], // by group membership
5688 * ]
5689 * ];
5690 * @endcode
5691 *
5692 * @par Normally, the 'noratelimit' right allows a user to bypass any rate
5693 * limit checks. This can be disabled on a per-action basis by setting the
5694 * special '&can-bypass' key to false in that action's configuration.
5695 * @code
5696 * $wgRateLimits = [
5697 * 'some-action' => [
5698 * '&can-bypass' => false,
5699 * 'user' => [ x, y ],
5700 * ];
5701 * @endcode
5702 *
5703 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5704 */
5705 $wgRateLimits = [
5706 // Page edits
5707 'edit' => [
5708 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5709 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5710 'user' => [ 90, 60 ],
5711 ],
5712 // Page moves
5713 'move' => [
5714 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5715 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5716 ],
5717 // File uploads
5718 'upload' => [
5719 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5720 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5721 ],
5722 // Page rollbacks
5723 'rollback' => [
5724 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5725 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5726 ],
5727 // Triggering password resets emails
5728 'mailpassword' => [
5729 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5730 ],
5731 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5732 'emailuser' => [
5733 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5734 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5735 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5736 ],
5737 // Purging pages
5738 'purge' => [
5739 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5740 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5741 ],
5742 // Purges of link tables
5743 'linkpurge' => [
5744 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5745 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5746 ],
5747 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5748 'renderfile' => [
5749 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5750 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5751 ],
5752 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5753 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5754 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5755 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5756 ],
5757 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5758 'stashedit' => [
5759 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5760 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5761 ],
5762 // Adding or removing change tags
5763 'changetag' => [
5764 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5765 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5766 ],
5767 // Changing the content model of a page
5768 'editcontentmodel' => [
5769 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5770 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5771 ],
5772 ];
5773
5774 /**
5775 * Array of IPs / CIDR ranges which should be excluded from rate limits.
5776 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5777 */
5778 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5779
5780 /**
5781 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5782 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5783 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5784 */
5785 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5786
5787 /**
5788 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5789 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5790 */
5791 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5792
5793 /**
5794 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5795 *
5796 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5797 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5798 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5799 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5800 *
5801 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5802 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5803 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5804 */
5805 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5806 // Short term limit
5807 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5808 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5809 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5810 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5811 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60 * 60 * 48 ],
5812 ];
5813
5814 /**
5815 * @var array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5816 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5817 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5818 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5819 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5820 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5821 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5822 * @since 1.27
5823 */
5824 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5825
5826 // @TODO: clean up grants
5827 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5828
5829 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5830 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5831 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5832 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5833 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5834 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5835 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5836 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5837 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5838 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5839
5840 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5841 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5842 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5843 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5844
5845 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5846 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5847 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5848 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5849
5850 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5851 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5852
5853 // FIXME: Rename editmycssjs to editmyconfig
5854 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5855 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5856 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5857 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5858
5859 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5860
5861 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5862 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5863 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjson'] = true;
5864 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editsitejson'] = true;
5865
5866 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'];
5867 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['editusercss'] = true;
5868 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['edituserjs'] = true;
5869 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['editsitecss'] = true;
5870 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['editsitejs'] = true;
5871
5872 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5873 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5874 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5875 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5876 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5877 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5878 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5879
5880 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5881 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5882
5883 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5884 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5885 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5886 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5887 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5888 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5889
5890 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5891
5892 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5893
5894 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5895 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5896
5897 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5898 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5899 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5900
5901 $wgGrantPermissions['viewrestrictedlogs']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5902
5903 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5904 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5905 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5906 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5907 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5908 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5909 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5910
5911 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5912 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5913
5914 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5915
5916 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5917
5918 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5919
5920 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5921
5922 $wgGrantPermissions['privateinfo']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5923
5924 /**
5925 * @var array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5926 * @since 1.27
5927 */
5928 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5929 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5930 'basic' => 'hidden',
5931
5932 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5933 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5934 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5935 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5936
5937 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5938 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5939
5940 'sendemail' => 'email',
5941
5942 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5943 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5944
5945 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5946 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5947
5948 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5949 'editsiteconfig' => 'administration',
5950 'rollback' => 'administration',
5951 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5952 'delete' => 'administration',
5953 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5954 'viewrestrictedlogs' => 'administration',
5955 'protect' => 'administration',
5956 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5957
5958 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5959
5960 'privateinfo' => 'private-information',
5961 ];
5962
5963 /**
5964 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5965 * @since 1.27
5966 */
5967 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5968
5969 /**
5970 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5971 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5972 * @since 1.27
5973 */
5974 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5975
5976 /**
5977 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5978 *
5979 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5980 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5981 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5982 * @since 1.27
5983 */
5984 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5985
5986 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5987
5988 /************************************************************************//**
5989 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5990 * @{
5991 */
5992
5993 /**
5994 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5995 */
5996 $wgSecretKey = false;
5997
5998 /**
5999 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
6000 *
6001 * This can have the following formats:
6002 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
6003 * or the keys (for backward compatibility, deprecated since 1.30)
6004 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
6005 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
6006 */
6007 $wgProxyList = [];
6008
6009 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
6010
6011 /************************************************************************//**
6012 * @name Cookie settings
6013 * @{
6014 */
6015
6016 /**
6017 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
6018 */
6019 $wgCookieExpiration = 30 * 86400;
6020
6021 /**
6022 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
6023 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
6024 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
6025 * login cookies session-only.
6026 */
6027 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
6028
6029 /**
6030 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
6031 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
6032 */
6033 $wgCookieDomain = '';
6034
6035 /**
6036 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
6037 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
6038 */
6039 $wgCookiePath = '/';
6040
6041 /**
6042 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
6043 * - true: Set secure flag
6044 * - false: Don't set secure flag
6045 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
6046 */
6047 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
6048
6049 /**
6050 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
6051 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
6052 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
6053 * check.
6054 */
6055 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
6056
6057 /**
6058 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
6059 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
6060 * name to be used as a prefix.
6061 */
6062 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
6063
6064 /**
6065 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
6066 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
6067 * XSS attack.
6068 */
6069 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
6070
6071 /**
6072 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
6073 */
6074 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
6075
6076 /**
6077 * Override to customise the session name
6078 */
6079 $wgSessionName = false;
6080
6081 /**
6082 * Whether to set a cookie when a user is autoblocked. Doing so means that a blocked user, even
6083 * after logging out and moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain
6084 * an authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in
6085 * which case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so
6086 * it is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6087 */
6088 $wgCookieSetOnAutoblock = false;
6089
6090 /**
6091 * Whether to set a cookie when a logged-out user is blocked. Doing so means that a blocked user,
6092 * even after moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain an
6093 * authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in which
6094 * case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so it
6095 * is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6096 */
6097 $wgCookieSetOnIpBlock = false;
6098
6099 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
6100
6101 /************************************************************************//**
6102 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
6103 * @{
6104 */
6105
6106 /**
6107 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
6108 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
6109 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
6110 * Please see math/README for more information.
6111 */
6112 $wgUseTeX = false;
6113
6114 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
6115
6116 /************************************************************************//**
6117 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
6118 *
6119 * See $wgProfiler for how to enable profiling.
6120 *
6121 * @{
6122 */
6123
6124 /**
6125 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
6126 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
6127 * may contain private data.
6128 */
6129 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
6130
6131 /**
6132 * Prefix for debug log lines
6133 */
6134 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
6135
6136 /**
6137 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
6138 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
6139 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
6140 */
6141 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
6142
6143 /**
6144 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
6145 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
6146 * and gen=js requests.
6147 */
6148 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
6149
6150 /**
6151 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
6152 *
6153 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
6154 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
6155 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
6156 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
6157 */
6158 $wgDebugComments = false;
6159
6160 /**
6161 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
6162 *
6163 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
6164 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
6165 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
6166 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
6167 */
6168 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
6169
6170 /**
6171 * Performance expectations for DB usage
6172 *
6173 * @since 1.26
6174 */
6175 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
6176 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
6177 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
6178 'GET' => [
6179 'masterConns' => 0,
6180 'writes' => 0,
6181 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6182 'readQueryRows' => 10000
6183 ],
6184 // HTTP POST requests.
6185 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
6186 'POST' => [
6187 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6188 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6189 'readQueryRows' => 100000,
6190 'maxAffected' => 1000
6191 ],
6192 'POST-nonwrite' => [
6193 'writes' => 0,
6194 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6195 'readQueryRows' => 10000
6196 ],
6197 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for GET requests
6198 'PostSend-GET' => [
6199 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6200 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6201 'readQueryRows' => 10000,
6202 'maxAffected' => 1000,
6203 // Log master queries under the post-send entry point as they are discouraged
6204 'masterConns' => 0,
6205 'writes' => 0,
6206 ],
6207 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for POST requests
6208 'PostSend-POST' => [
6209 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6210 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6211 'readQueryRows' => 100000,
6212 'maxAffected' => 1000
6213 ],
6214 // Background job runner
6215 'JobRunner' => [
6216 'readQueryTime' => 30,
6217 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6218 'readQueryRows' => 100000,
6219 'maxAffected' => 500 // ballpark of $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery
6220 ],
6221 // Command-line scripts
6222 'Maintenance' => [
6223 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6224 'maxAffected' => 1000
6225 ]
6226 ];
6227
6228 /**
6229 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
6230 *
6231 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
6232 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
6233 * in production.
6234 *
6235 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
6236 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
6237 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6238 * - associative array with keys:
6239 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6240 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6241 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6242 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6243 *
6244 * @par Example:
6245 * @code
6246 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6247 * @endcode
6248 *
6249 * @par Advanced example:
6250 * @code
6251 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
6252 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6253 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6254 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6255 * ];
6256 * @endcode
6257 */
6258 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6259
6260 /**
6261 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6262 *
6263 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6264 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6265 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6266 * details.
6267 *
6268 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6269 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6270 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6271 *
6272 * @par To completely disable logging:
6273 * @code
6274 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\NullSpi::class ];
6275 * @endcode
6276 *
6277 * @since 1.25
6278 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6279 * @see MwLogger
6280 */
6281 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6282 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\LegacySpi::class,
6283 ];
6284
6285 /**
6286 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6287 *
6288 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6289 */
6290 $wgShowDebug = false;
6291
6292 /**
6293 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6294 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6295 */
6296 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6297
6298 /**
6299 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6300 */
6301 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6302
6303 /**
6304 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6305 */
6306 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6307
6308 /**
6309 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6310 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6311 * to an attacker.
6312 *
6313 * @deprecated and nonfunctional since 1.32: set $wgShowExceptionDetails and/or
6314 * $wgShowHostnames instead.
6315 */
6316 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6317
6318 /**
6319 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print the exception message and a
6320 * complete stack trace to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it
6321 * may reveal private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6322 * formatting. If set to false, only the exception's class will be shown.
6323 */
6324 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6325
6326 /**
6327 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6328 *
6329 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6330 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6331 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6332 * exception handler.
6333 *
6334 * @deprecated and nonfunctional since 1.32: set $wgShowExceptionDetails instead.
6335 */
6336 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6337
6338 /**
6339 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6340 */
6341 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6342
6343 /**
6344 * If true, the MediaWiki error handler passes errors/warnings to the default error handler
6345 * after logging them. The setting is ignored when the track_errors php.ini flag is true.
6346 */
6347 $wgPropagateErrors = true;
6348
6349 /**
6350 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6351 */
6352 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6353
6354 /**
6355 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6356 * Should be a string, default false.
6357 * @since 1.20
6358 */
6359 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6360
6361 /**
6362 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6363 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6364 */
6365 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6366
6367 /**
6368 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6369 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6370 * after the limit.
6371 */
6372 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6373
6374 /**
6375 * Profiler configuration.
6376 *
6377 * To use a profiler, set $wgProfiler in LocalSetings.php.
6378 *
6379 * Example:
6380 *
6381 * @code
6382 * $wgProfiler['class'] = ProfilerXhprof::class;
6383 * @endcode
6384 *
6385 * For output, set the 'output' key to an array of class names, one for each
6386 * output type you want the profiler to generate. For example:
6387 *
6388 * @code
6389 * $wgProfiler['output'] = [ ProfilerOutputText::class ];
6390 * @endcode
6391 *
6392 * The output classes available to you by default are ProfilerOutputDb,
6393 * ProfilerOutputDump, ProfilerOutputStats, ProfilerOutputText, and
6394 * ProfilerOutputUdp.
6395 *
6396 * ProfilerOutputStats outputs profiling data as StatsD metrics. It expects
6397 * that you have set the $wgStatsdServer configuration variable to the host (or
6398 * host:port) of your statsd server.
6399 *
6400 * ProfilerOutputText will output profiling data in the page body as a comment.
6401 * You can make the profiling data in HTML render as part of the page content
6402 * by setting the 'visible' configuration flag:
6403 *
6404 * @code
6405 * $wgProfiler['visible'] = true;
6406 * @endcode
6407 *
6408 * 'ProfilerOutputDb' expects a database table that can be created by applying
6409 * maintenance/archives/patch-profiling.sql to your database.
6410 *
6411 * 'ProfilerOutputDump' expects a $wgProfiler['outputDir'] telling it where to
6412 * write dump files. The files produced are compatible with the XHProf gui.
6413 * For a rudimentary sampling profiler:
6414 *
6415 * @code
6416 * $wgProfiler['class'] = 'ProfilerXhprof';
6417 * $wgProfiler['output'] = array( 'ProfilerOutputDb' );
6418 * $wgProfiler['sampling'] = 50; // one every 50 requests
6419 * @endcode
6420 *
6421 * When using the built-in `sampling` option, the `class` will changed to
6422 * ProfilerStub for non-sampled cases.
6423 *
6424 * For performance, the profiler is always disabled for CLI scripts as they
6425 * could be long running and the data would accumulate. Use the '--profiler'
6426 * parameter of maintenance scripts to override this.
6427 *
6428 * @since 1.17.0
6429 */
6430 $wgProfiler = [];
6431
6432 /**
6433 * Allow the profileinfo.php entrypoint to be used.
6434 *
6435 * @since 1.5.0
6436 */
6437 $wgEnableProfileInfo = false;
6438
6439 /**
6440 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6441 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6442 */
6443 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6444
6445 /**
6446 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6447 *
6448 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6449 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6450 */
6451 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6452
6453 /**
6454 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6455 *
6456 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6457 *
6458 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6459 *
6460 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6461 * @since 1.25
6462 */
6463 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6464
6465 /**
6466 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6467 *
6468 * @see MediaWikiServices::getStatsdDataFactory
6469 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6470 * @since 1.25
6471 */
6472 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6473
6474 /**
6475 * Sampling rate for statsd metrics as an associative array of patterns and rates.
6476 * Patterns are Unix shell patterns (e.g. 'MediaWiki.api.*').
6477 * Rates are sampling probabilities (e.g. 0.1 means 1 in 10 events are sampled).
6478 * @since 1.28
6479 */
6480 $wgStatsdSamplingRates = [
6481 'wanobjectcache:*' => 0.001
6482 ];
6483
6484 /**
6485 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6486 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6487 * templates.
6488 */
6489 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6490
6491 /**
6492 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6493 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6494 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6495 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6496 */
6497 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6498
6499 /**
6500 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6501 * filename is passed to it.
6502 *
6503 * Extensions using extension.json will have any *.txt file in a
6504 * tests/parser/ directory automatically run.
6505 *
6506 * Core tests can be added to ParserTestRunner::$coreTestFiles.
6507 *
6508 * Use full paths.
6509 *
6510 * @deprecated since 1.30
6511 */
6512 $wgParserTestFiles = [];
6513
6514 /**
6515 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6516 */
6517 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6518
6519 /**
6520 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6521 * @since 1.19
6522 */
6523 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6524
6525 /**
6526 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6527 * queries and other useful output.
6528 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
6529 *
6530 * @since 1.19
6531 */
6532 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6533
6534 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6535
6536 /************************************************************************//**
6537 * @name Search
6538 * @{
6539 */
6540
6541 /**
6542 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6543 */
6544 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6545
6546 /**
6547 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6548 * by default off due to execution overhead
6549 */
6550 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6551
6552 /**
6553 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6554 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6555 */
6556 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6557
6558 /**
6559 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6560 *
6561 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6562 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6563 *
6564 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6565 *
6566 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6567 */
6568 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6569
6570 /**
6571 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6572 *
6573 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6574 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6575 *
6576 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6577 */
6578 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6579 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6580 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6581 ];
6582
6583 /**
6584 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6585 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6586 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6587 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6588 */
6589 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6590
6591 /**
6592 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6593 * OpenSearch call.
6594 */
6595 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6596
6597 /**
6598 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6599 */
6600 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6601
6602 /**
6603 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6604 */
6605 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6606
6607 /**
6608 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6609 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6610 */
6611 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6612
6613 /**
6614 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6615 *
6616 * @par Example:
6617 * @code
6618 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6619 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6620 * @endcode
6621 */
6622 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6623 NS_MAIN => true,
6624 ];
6625
6626 /**
6627 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6628 * implemented by an extension instead.
6629 */
6630 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6631
6632 /**
6633 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6634 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6635 * search term.
6636 *
6637 * @par Example:
6638 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6639 * @code
6640 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6641 * 'https://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6642 * '&domains=https://example.com' .
6643 * '&sitesearch=https://example.com' .
6644 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6645 * @endcode
6646 */
6647 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6648
6649 /**
6650 * Search form behavior.
6651 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6652 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6653 */
6654 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6655
6656 /**
6657 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6658 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6659 * generated for all namespaces.
6660 */
6661 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6662
6663 /**
6664 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6665 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6666 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6667 *
6668 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6669 * @par Example:
6670 * @code
6671 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
6672 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6673 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6674 * ];
6675 * @endcode
6676 */
6677 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6678
6679 /**
6680 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6681 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6682 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6683 */
6684 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6685
6686 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6687
6688 /************************************************************************//**
6689 * @name Edit user interface
6690 * @{
6691 */
6692
6693 /**
6694 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6695 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6696 */
6697 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6698
6699 /**
6700 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6701 */
6702 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6703
6704 /**
6705 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6706 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6707 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6708 */
6709 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6710 NS_CATEGORY => true
6711 ];
6712
6713 /**
6714 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6715 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6716 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6717 */
6718 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6719
6720 /**
6721 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6722 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6723 * ting this variable false.
6724 */
6725 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6726
6727 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6728
6729 /************************************************************************//**
6730 * @name Maintenance
6731 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6732 * @{
6733 */
6734
6735 /**
6736 * @cond file_level_code
6737 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6738 */
6739 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6740 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6741 }
6742 /** @endcond */
6743
6744 /**
6745 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6746 */
6747 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6748
6749 /**
6750 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6751 * used as an explanation to users.
6752 *
6753 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6754 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6755 * option in MySQL.
6756 */
6757 $wgReadOnly = null;
6758
6759 /**
6760 * Set this to true to put the wiki watchlists into read-only mode.
6761 * @var bool
6762 * @since 1.31
6763 */
6764 $wgReadOnlyWatchedItemStore = false;
6765
6766 /**
6767 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6768 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6769 * message.
6770 *
6771 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6772 */
6773 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6774
6775 /**
6776 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6777 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6778 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6779 *
6780 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6781 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6782 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6783 */
6784 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6785
6786 /**
6787 * Fully specified path to git binary
6788 */
6789 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6790
6791 /**
6792 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6793 *
6794 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6795 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6796 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6797 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6798 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6799 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6800 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6801 *
6802 * @since 1.20
6803 */
6804 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6805 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6806 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6807 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6808 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6809 ];
6810
6811 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6812
6813 /************************************************************************//**
6814 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6815 * @{
6816 */
6817
6818 /**
6819 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6820 * seconds will go.
6821 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6822 */
6823 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6824
6825 /**
6826 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6827 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6828 * @since 1.26
6829 */
6830 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6831
6832 /**
6833 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6834 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6835 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6836 * @since 1.26
6837 */
6838 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6839
6840 /**
6841 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6842 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6843 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6844 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6845 * is still there.
6846 */
6847 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6848
6849 /**
6850 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6851 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6852 */
6853 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6854
6855 /**
6856 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6857 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6858 */
6859 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6860
6861 /**
6862 * Configuration for feeds to which notifications about recent changes will be sent.
6863 *
6864 * The following feed classes are available by default:
6865 * - 'UDPRCFeedEngine' - sends recent changes over UDP to the specified server.
6866 * - 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine' - send recent changes to Redis.
6867 *
6868 * Only 'class' or 'uri' is required. If 'uri' is set instead of 'class', then
6869 * RecentChange::getEngine() is used to determine the class. All options are
6870 * passed to the constructor.
6871 *
6872 * Common options:
6873 * - 'class' -- The class to use for this feed (must implement RCFeed).
6874 * - 'omit_bots' -- Exclude bot edits from the feed. (default: false)
6875 * - 'omit_anon' -- Exclude anonymous edits from the feed. (default: false)
6876 * - 'omit_user' -- Exclude edits by registered users from the feed. (default: false)
6877 * - 'omit_minor' -- Exclude minor edits from the feed. (default: false)
6878 * - 'omit_patrolled' -- Exclude patrolled edits from the feed. (default: false)
6879 *
6880 * FormattedRCFeed-specific options:
6881 * - 'uri' -- [required] The address to which the messages are sent.
6882 * The uri scheme of this string will be looked up in $wgRCEngines
6883 * to determine which RCFeedEngine class to use.
6884 * - 'formatter' -- [required] The class (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6885 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6886 * Formatters available by default: JSONRCFeedFormatter, XMLRCFeedFormatter,
6887 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter.
6888 *
6889 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6890 * - 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6891 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6892 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6893 *
6894 * JSONRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6895 * - 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6896 *
6897 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6898 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1336',
6899 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6900 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6901 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6902 * ];
6903 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6904 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1338',
6905 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6906 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6907 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6908 * ];
6909 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6910 * 'class' => ExampleRCFeed::class,
6911 * ];
6912 * @since 1.22
6913 */
6914 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6915
6916 /**
6917 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine for a given URI scheme.
6918 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of FormattedRCFeed sub classes.
6919 * @since 1.22
6920 */
6921 $wgRCEngines = [
6922 'redis' => RedisPubSubFeedEngine::class,
6923 'udp' => UDPRCFeedEngine::class,
6924 ];
6925
6926 /**
6927 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6928 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6929 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6930 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6931 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6932 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6933 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6934 *
6935 * @since 1.27
6936 */
6937 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6938
6939 /**
6940 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6941 * New pages and new files are included.
6942 *
6943 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6944 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6945 * Special:Log.
6946 */
6947 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6948
6949 /**
6950 * Polling rate, in seconds, used by the 'live update' and 'view newest' features
6951 * of the RCFilters app on SpecialRecentChanges and Special:Watchlist.
6952 * 0 to disable completely.
6953 */
6954 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersLiveUpdatePollingRate = 3;
6955
6956 /**
6957 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6958 *
6959 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6960 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6961 * Special:Log.
6962 */
6963 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6964
6965 /**
6966 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6967 *
6968 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6969 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6970 * Special:Log.
6971 *
6972 * @since 1.27
6973 */
6974 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6975
6976 /**
6977 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6978 */
6979 $wgFeed = true;
6980
6981 /**
6982 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6983 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6984 */
6985 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6986
6987 /**
6988 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6989 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6990 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6991 *
6992 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6993 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6994 */
6995 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6996
6997 /**
6998 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6999 * pages larger than this size.
7000 */
7001 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
7002
7003 /**
7004 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
7005 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
7006 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
7007 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
7008 * as value.
7009 * @par Example:
7010 * Configure the 'atom' feed to https://example.com/somefeed.xml
7011 * @code
7012 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "https://example.com/somefeed.xml";
7013 * @endcode
7014 */
7015 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
7016
7017 /**
7018 * Available feeds objects.
7019 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
7020 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
7021 */
7022 $wgFeedClasses = [
7023 'rss' => RSSFeed::class,
7024 'atom' => AtomFeed::class,
7025 ];
7026
7027 /**
7028 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
7029 * 'atom', neither, or both.
7030 */
7031 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
7032
7033 /**
7034 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
7035 */
7036 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
7037
7038 /**
7039 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
7040 */
7041 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
7042
7043 /**
7044 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
7045 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
7046 * highlighted on the RC page.
7047 */
7048 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
7049
7050 /**
7051 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
7052 * view for watched pages with new changes
7053 */
7054 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
7055
7056 /**
7057 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
7058 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
7059 */
7060 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
7061
7062 /**
7063 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
7064 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
7065 */
7066 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
7067
7068 /**
7069 * List of core tags to enable. Available tags are:
7070 * - 'mw-contentmodelchange': Edit changes content model of a page
7071 * - 'mw-new-redirect': Edit makes new redirect page (new page or by changing content page)
7072 * - 'mw-removed-redirect': Edit changes an existing redirect into a non-redirect
7073 * - 'mw-changed-redirect-target': Edit changes redirect target
7074 * - 'mw-blank': Edit completely blanks the page
7075 * - 'mw-replace': Edit removes more than 90% of the content
7076 * - 'mw-rollback': Edit is a rollback, made through the rollback link or rollback API
7077 * - 'mw-undo': Edit made through an undo link
7078 *
7079 * @var array
7080 * @since 1.31
7081 */
7082 $wgSoftwareTags = [
7083 'mw-contentmodelchange' => true,
7084 'mw-new-redirect' => true,
7085 'mw-removed-redirect' => true,
7086 'mw-changed-redirect-target' => true,
7087 'mw-blank' => true,
7088 'mw-replace' => true,
7089 'mw-rollback' => true,
7090 'mw-undo' => true,
7091 ];
7092
7093 /**
7094 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
7095 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
7096 * watchers.
7097 *
7098 * @since 1.21
7099 */
7100 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
7101
7102 /**
7103 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
7104 * certain types of edits.
7105 *
7106 * To register a new one:
7107 * @code
7108 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
7109 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
7110 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
7111 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
7112 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
7113 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
7114 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
7115 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
7116 * 'class' => 'css-class',
7117 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
7118 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
7119 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
7120 * 'grouping' => 'any',
7121 * ];
7122 * @endcode
7123 *
7124 * @since 1.22
7125 */
7126 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
7127 'newpage' => [
7128 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
7129 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
7130 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
7131 'grouping' => 'any',
7132 ],
7133 'minor' => [
7134 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
7135 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
7136 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
7137 'class' => 'minoredit',
7138 'grouping' => 'all',
7139 ],
7140 'bot' => [
7141 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
7142 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
7143 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
7144 'class' => 'botedit',
7145 'grouping' => 'all',
7146 ],
7147 'unpatrolled' => [
7148 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
7149 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
7150 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
7151 'grouping' => 'any',
7152 ],
7153 ];
7154
7155 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
7156
7157 /************************************************************************//**
7158 * @name Copyright and credits settings
7159 * @{
7160 */
7161
7162 /**
7163 * Override for copyright metadata.
7164 *
7165 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
7166 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
7167 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
7168 */
7169 $wgRightsPage = null;
7170
7171 /**
7172 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
7173 * wiki.
7174 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
7175 */
7176 $wgRightsUrl = null;
7177
7178 /**
7179 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
7180 * link. Otherwise, it will be treated as raw HTML.
7181 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
7182 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
7183 */
7184 $wgRightsText = null;
7185
7186 /**
7187 * Override for copyright metadata.
7188 */
7189 $wgRightsIcon = null;
7190
7191 /**
7192 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
7193 */
7194 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
7195
7196 /**
7197 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
7198 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
7199 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
7200 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
7201 * large wikis.
7202 */
7203 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
7204
7205 /**
7206 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
7207 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
7208 */
7209 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
7210
7211 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
7212
7213 /************************************************************************//**
7214 * @name Import / Export
7215 * @{
7216 */
7217
7218 /**
7219 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
7220 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
7221 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
7222 *
7223 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
7224 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
7225 * e.g.
7226 * @code
7227 * $wgImportSources = [
7228 * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
7229 * 'wikispecies',
7230 * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
7231 * ];
7232 * @endcode
7233 *
7234 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
7235 * the ImportSources hook.
7236 *
7237 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
7238 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
7239 */
7240 $wgImportSources = [];
7241
7242 /**
7243 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
7244 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
7245 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
7246 *
7247 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
7248 */
7249 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
7250
7251 /**
7252 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
7253 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
7254 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
7255 */
7256 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
7257
7258 /**
7259 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
7260 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
7261 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
7262 */
7263 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
7264
7265 /**
7266 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
7267 */
7268 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
7269
7270 /**
7271 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
7272 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
7273 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
7274 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
7275 * it's disabled by default for now.
7276 *
7277 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
7278 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
7279 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
7280 */
7281 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
7282
7283 /**
7284 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
7285 */
7286 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
7287
7288 /**
7289 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
7290 */
7291 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
7292
7293 /**
7294 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
7295 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
7296 *
7297 * @since 1.27
7298 */
7299 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
7300
7301 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
7302
7303 /*************************************************************************//**
7304 * @name Extensions
7305 * @{
7306 */
7307
7308 /**
7309 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
7310 * initialised
7311 */
7312 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
7313
7314 /**
7315 * Extension messages files.
7316 *
7317 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
7318 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
7319 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
7320 * is the most common.
7321 *
7322 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
7323 * in the core.
7324 *
7325 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
7326 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
7327 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
7328 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
7329 *
7330 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
7331 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
7332 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
7333 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
7334 *
7335 * @par Example:
7336 * @code
7337 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
7338 * @endcode
7339 */
7340 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
7341
7342 /**
7343 * Extension messages directories.
7344 *
7345 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
7346 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
7347 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
7348 * message directories.
7349 *
7350 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
7351 *
7352 * @par Simple example:
7353 * @code
7354 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
7355 * @endcode
7356 *
7357 * @par Complex example:
7358 * @code
7359 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
7360 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
7361 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ooui/i18n',
7362 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
7363 * ]
7364 * @endcode
7365 * @since 1.23
7366 */
7367 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
7368
7369 /**
7370 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
7371 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
7372 * @since 1.22
7373 */
7374 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
7375
7376 /**
7377 * Parser output hooks.
7378 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7379 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7380 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7381 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7382 *
7383 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7384 *
7385 * The callback has the form:
7386 * @code
7387 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7388 * @endcode
7389 */
7390 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7391
7392 /**
7393 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7394 */
7395 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7396
7397 /**
7398 * List of valid skin names
7399 *
7400 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7401 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7402 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7403 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7404 */
7405 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7406
7407 /**
7408 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7409 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7410 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7411 * SpecialPage.
7412 */
7413 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7414
7415 /**
7416 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7417 */
7418 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
7419
7420 /**
7421 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7422 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7423 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7424 */
7425 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7426
7427 /**
7428 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7429 *
7430 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7431 *
7432 * @code
7433 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = [
7434 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7435 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7436 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7437 * 'author' => [
7438 * 'Foo Barstein',
7439 * ],
7440 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7441 * 'url' => 'https://example.org/example-extension/',
7442 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7443 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0-or-later',
7444 * ];
7445 * @endcode
7446 *
7447 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7448 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7449 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7450 * interpreted as wikitext.
7451 *
7452 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7453 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7454 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7455 *
7456 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7457 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7458 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7459 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7460 *
7461 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7462 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7463 * usually are.)
7464 *
7465 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7466 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7467 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7468 * for instance "[https://example ...]".
7469 *
7470 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7471 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7472 *
7473 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7474 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7475 *
7476 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7477 * as "GPL-2.0-or-later" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7478 */
7479 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7480
7481 /**
7482 * Authentication plugin.
7483 * @var $wgAuth AuthPlugin
7484 * @deprecated since 1.27 use $wgAuthManagerConfig instead
7485 */
7486 $wgAuth = null;
7487
7488 /**
7489 * Global list of hooks.
7490 *
7491 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7492 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7493 * internally by Hook:run().
7494 *
7495 * The value can be one of:
7496 *
7497 * - A function name:
7498 * @code
7499 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7500 * @endcode
7501 * - A function with some data:
7502 * @code
7503 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
7504 * @endcode
7505 * - A an object method:
7506 * @code
7507 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
7508 * @endcode
7509 * - A closure:
7510 * @code
7511 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7512 * // Handler code goes here.
7513 * };
7514 * @endcode
7515 *
7516 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7517 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7518 *
7519 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7520 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7521 */
7522 $wgHooks = [];
7523
7524 /**
7525 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7526 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7527 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7528 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7529 * hook for that.
7530 *
7531 * @see MediaWikiServices
7532 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7533 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7534 */
7535 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7536 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7537 ];
7538
7539 /**
7540 * Maps jobs to their handlers; extensions
7541 * can add to this to provide custom jobs.
7542 * A job handler should either be a class name to be instantiated,
7543 * or (since 1.30) a callback to use for creating the job object.
7544 */
7545 $wgJobClasses = [
7546 'deletePage' => DeletePageJob::class,
7547 'refreshLinks' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7548 'deleteLinks' => DeleteLinksJob::class,
7549 'htmlCacheUpdate' => HTMLCacheUpdateJob::class,
7550 'sendMail' => EmaillingJob::class,
7551 'enotifNotify' => EnotifNotifyJob::class,
7552 'fixDoubleRedirect' => DoubleRedirectJob::class,
7553 'AssembleUploadChunks' => AssembleUploadChunksJob::class,
7554 'PublishStashedFile' => PublishStashedFileJob::class,
7555 'ThumbnailRender' => ThumbnailRenderJob::class,
7556 'recentChangesUpdate' => RecentChangesUpdateJob::class,
7557 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7558 'refreshLinksDynamic' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7559 'activityUpdateJob' => ActivityUpdateJob::class,
7560 'categoryMembershipChange' => CategoryMembershipChangeJob::class,
7561 'clearUserWatchlist' => ClearUserWatchlistJob::class,
7562 'cdnPurge' => CdnPurgeJob::class,
7563 'userGroupExpiry' => UserGroupExpiryJob::class,
7564 'clearWatchlistNotifications' => ClearWatchlistNotificationsJob::class,
7565 'enqueue' => EnqueueJob::class, // local queue for multi-DC setups
7566 'null' => NullJob::class,
7567 ];
7568
7569 /**
7570 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7571 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7572 *
7573 * These can be:
7574 * - Very long-running jobs.
7575 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7576 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7577 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7578 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7579 */
7580 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7581
7582 /**
7583 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7584 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7585 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7586 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7587 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7588 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7589 * @var float[]
7590 */
7591 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7592
7593 /**
7594 * Make job runners commit changes for replica DB-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7595 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on replica DB lag checks.
7596 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7597 *
7598 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7599 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7600 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7601 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7602 *
7603 * @var float|bool
7604 * @since 1.26
7605 */
7606 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7607
7608 /**
7609 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7610 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7611 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7612 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7613 */
7614 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7615 'default' => [ 'class' => JobQueueDB::class, 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7616 ];
7617
7618 /**
7619 * Which aggregator to use for tracking which queues have jobs.
7620 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7621 */
7622 $wgJobQueueAggregator = [
7623 'class' => JobQueueAggregatorNull::class
7624 ];
7625
7626 /**
7627 * Whether to include the number of jobs that are queued
7628 * for the API's maxlag parameter.
7629 * The total number of jobs will be divided by this to get an
7630 * estimated second of maxlag. Typically bots backoff at maxlag=5,
7631 * so setting this to the max number of jobs that should be in your
7632 * queue divided by 5 should have the effect of stopping bots once
7633 * that limit is hit.
7634 *
7635 * @since 1.29
7636 */
7637 $wgJobQueueIncludeInMaxLagFactor = false;
7638
7639 /**
7640 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7641 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7642 */
7643 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7644 'Statistics' => [ SiteStatsUpdate::class, 'cacheUpdate' ]
7645 ];
7646
7647 /**
7648 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7649 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7650 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7651 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7652 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7653 */
7654 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7655 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7656 ];
7657
7658 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7659
7660 /*************************************************************************//**
7661 * @name Categories
7662 * @{
7663 */
7664
7665 /**
7666 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7667 */
7668 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7669
7670 /**
7671 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7672 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7673 */
7674 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7675
7676 /**
7677 * Paging limit for categories
7678 */
7679 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7680
7681 /**
7682 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7683 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7684 *
7685 * Available values are:
7686 *
7687 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7688 *
7689 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7690 *
7691 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7692 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7693 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7694 *
7695 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7696 * installed. See https://secure.php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7697 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7698 * server.
7699 *
7700 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7701 * the sort keys in the database.
7702 *
7703 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7704 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7705 */
7706 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7707
7708 /** @} */ # End categories }
7709
7710 /*************************************************************************//**
7711 * @name Logging
7712 * @{
7713 */
7714
7715 /**
7716 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7717 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7718 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7719 * log type.
7720 *
7721 * Note that code should call LogPage::validTypes() to get a list of valid
7722 * log types instead of checking the global variable.
7723 */
7724 $wgLogTypes = [
7725 '',
7726 'block',
7727 'protect',
7728 'rights',
7729 'delete',
7730 'upload',
7731 'move',
7732 'import',
7733 'patrol',
7734 'merge',
7735 'suppress',
7736 'tag',
7737 'managetags',
7738 'contentmodel',
7739 ];
7740
7741 /**
7742 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7743 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7744 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7745 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7746 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7747 */
7748 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7749 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7750 ];
7751
7752 /**
7753 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7754 *
7755 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7756 *
7757 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7758 *
7759 * @par Example:
7760 * @code
7761 * $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
7762 * @endcode
7763 *
7764 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7765 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7766 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7767 *
7768 * A message of the form logeventslist-[type]-log should be added, and will be
7769 * used for the link text.
7770 */
7771 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7772 'patrol' => true,
7773 'tag' => true,
7774 ];
7775
7776 /**
7777 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7778 * will be listed in the user interface.
7779 *
7780 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7781 *
7782 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7783 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7784 */
7785 $wgLogNames = [
7786 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7787 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7788 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7789 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7790 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7791 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7792 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7793 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7794 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7795 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7796 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7797 ];
7798
7799 /**
7800 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7801 * top of each log type.
7802 *
7803 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7804 *
7805 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7806 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7807 */
7808 $wgLogHeaders = [
7809 '' => 'alllogstext',
7810 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7811 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7812 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7813 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7814 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7815 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7816 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7817 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7818 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7819 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7820 ];
7821
7822 /**
7823 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7824 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7825 *
7826 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7827 */
7828 $wgLogActions = [];
7829
7830 /**
7831 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7832 * not messages.
7833 * @see LogPage::actionText
7834 * @see LogFormatter
7835 */
7836 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7837 'block/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7838 'block/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7839 'block/unblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7840 'contentmodel/change' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7841 'contentmodel/new' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7842 'delete/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7843 'delete/delete_redir' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7844 'delete/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7845 'delete/restore' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7846 'delete/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7847 'import/interwiki' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7848 'import/upload' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7849 'managetags/activate' => LogFormatter::class,
7850 'managetags/create' => LogFormatter::class,
7851 'managetags/deactivate' => LogFormatter::class,
7852 'managetags/delete' => LogFormatter::class,
7853 'merge/merge' => MergeLogFormatter::class,
7854 'move/move' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7855 'move/move_redir' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7856 'patrol/patrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7857 'patrol/autopatrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7858 'protect/modify' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7859 'protect/move_prot' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7860 'protect/protect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7861 'protect/unprotect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7862 'rights/autopromote' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7863 'rights/rights' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7864 'suppress/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7865 'suppress/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7866 'suppress/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7867 'suppress/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7868 'suppress/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7869 'tag/update' => TagLogFormatter::class,
7870 'upload/overwrite' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7871 'upload/revert' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7872 'upload/upload' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7873 ];
7874
7875 /**
7876 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7877 *
7878 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7879 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7880 * Extensions may append to this array
7881 * @since 1.27
7882 */
7883 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7884 'block' => [
7885 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7886 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7887 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7888 ],
7889 'contentmodel' => [
7890 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7891 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7892 ],
7893 'delete' => [
7894 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7895 'delete_redir' => [ 'delete_redir' ],
7896 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7897 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7898 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7899 ],
7900 'import' => [
7901 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7902 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7903 ],
7904 'managetags' => [
7905 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7906 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7907 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7908 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7909 ],
7910 'move' => [
7911 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7912 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7913 ],
7914 'newusers' => [
7915 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7916 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7917 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7918 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7919 ],
7920 'protect' => [
7921 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7922 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7923 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7924 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7925 ],
7926 'rights' => [
7927 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7928 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7929 ],
7930 'suppress' => [
7931 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7932 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7933 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7934 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7935 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7936 ],
7937 'upload' => [
7938 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7939 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7940 ],
7941 ];
7942
7943 /**
7944 * Maintain a log of newusers at Special:Log/newusers?
7945 */
7946 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7947
7948 /**
7949 * Maintain a log of page creations at Special:Log/create?
7950 * @since 1.32
7951 */
7952 $wgPageCreationLog = true;
7953
7954 /** @} */ # end logging }
7955
7956 /*************************************************************************//**
7957 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7958 * @{
7959 */
7960
7961 /**
7962 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7963 */
7964 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7965
7966 /**
7967 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7968 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7969 */
7970 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7971
7972 /**
7973 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7974 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7975 */
7976 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7977
7978 /**
7979 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7980 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7981 */
7982 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7983
7984 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7985
7986 /*************************************************************************//**
7987 * @name Actions
7988 * @{
7989 */
7990
7991 /**
7992 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7993 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7994 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7995 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7996 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7997 * instead of the default class.
7998 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7999 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
8000 */
8001 $wgActions = [
8002 'credits' => true,
8003 'delete' => true,
8004 'edit' => true,
8005 'editchangetags' => SpecialPageAction::class,
8006 'history' => true,
8007 'info' => true,
8008 'markpatrolled' => true,
8009 'mcrundo' => McrUndoAction::class,
8010 'mcrrestore' => McrRestoreAction::class,
8011 'protect' => true,
8012 'purge' => true,
8013 'raw' => true,
8014 'render' => true,
8015 'revert' => true,
8016 'revisiondelete' => SpecialPageAction::class,
8017 'rollback' => true,
8018 'submit' => true,
8019 'unprotect' => true,
8020 'unwatch' => true,
8021 'view' => true,
8022 'watch' => true,
8023 ];
8024
8025 /** @} */ # end actions }
8026
8027 /*************************************************************************//**
8028 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
8029 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
8030 * @{
8031 */
8032
8033 /**
8034 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
8035 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
8036 * basis.
8037 */
8038 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
8039
8040 /**
8041 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
8042 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
8043 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
8044 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
8045 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
8046 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
8047 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
8048 *
8049 * @par Example:
8050 * @code
8051 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
8052 * @endcode
8053 */
8054 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
8055
8056 /**
8057 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
8058 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
8059 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
8060 *
8061 * @par Example:
8062 * @code
8063 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
8064 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
8065 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
8066 * ];
8067 * @endcode
8068 *
8069 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
8070 * forms:
8071 * @code
8072 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
8073 * # Underscore, not space!
8074 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
8075 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
8076 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
8077 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
8078 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
8079 * ];
8080 * @endcode
8081 */
8082 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
8083
8084 /**
8085 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
8086 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
8087 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
8088 *
8089 * @par Example:
8090 * @code
8091 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
8092 * @endcode
8093 */
8094 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
8095
8096 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
8097
8098 /************************************************************************//**
8099 * @name AJAX and API
8100 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
8101 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
8102 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
8103 * @{
8104 */
8105
8106 /**
8107 *
8108 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
8109 *
8110 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
8111 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
8112 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
8113 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
8114 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
8115 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
8116 * requiring POST.
8117 *
8118 * @since 1.21
8119 */
8120 $wgDebugAPI = false;
8121
8122 /**
8123 * API module extensions.
8124 *
8125 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
8126 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
8127 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
8128 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
8129 *
8130 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
8131 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
8132 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
8133 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
8134 * field.
8135 *
8136 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
8137 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
8138 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
8139 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
8140 *
8141 * Examples for registering API modules:
8142 *
8143 * @code
8144 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
8145 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
8146 * 'class' => ApiBar::class,
8147 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
8148 * ];
8149 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
8150 * 'class' => ApiXyzzy::class,
8151 * 'factory' => [ XyzzyFactory::class, 'newApiModule' ]
8152 * ];
8153 * @endcode
8154 *
8155 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8156 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
8157 */
8158 $wgAPIModules = [];
8159
8160 /**
8161 * API format module extensions.
8162 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8163 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8164 *
8165 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
8166 */
8167 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
8168
8169 /**
8170 * API Query meta module extensions.
8171 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8172 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8173 *
8174 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
8175 */
8176 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
8177
8178 /**
8179 * API Query prop module extensions.
8180 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8181 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8182 *
8183 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
8184 */
8185 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
8186
8187 /**
8188 * API Query list module extensions.
8189 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8190 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8191 *
8192 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
8193 */
8194 $wgAPIListModules = [];
8195
8196 /**
8197 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
8198 * The default value is generally fine
8199 */
8200 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
8201
8202 /**
8203 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
8204 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
8205 */
8206 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
8207
8208 /**
8209 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
8210 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
8211 */
8212 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
8213
8214 /**
8215 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate
8216 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
8217 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
8218 */
8219 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
8220
8221 /**
8222 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
8223 * API request logging
8224 */
8225 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
8226
8227 /**
8228 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
8229 */
8230 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
8231
8232 /**
8233 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
8234 * API queries.
8235 */
8236 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
8237 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
8238 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
8239 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
8240 ];
8241
8242 /**
8243 * Enable AJAX framework
8244 *
8245 * @deprecated (officially) since MediaWiki 1.31 and ignored since 1.32
8246 */
8247 $wgUseAjax = true;
8248
8249 /**
8250 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
8251 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
8252 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
8253 */
8254 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
8255
8256 /**
8257 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
8258 */
8259 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
8260
8261 /**
8262 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX.
8263 */
8264 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
8265
8266 /**
8267 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
8268 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
8269 */
8270 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
8271
8272 /**
8273 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
8274 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
8275 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
8276 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
8277 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
8278 *
8279 * - '*' matches any number of characters
8280 * - '?' matches any 1 character
8281 *
8282 * @par Example:
8283 * @code
8284 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
8285 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
8286 * '*.wikipedia.org',
8287 * '*.wikimedia.org',
8288 * '*.wiktionary.org',
8289 * ];
8290 * @endcode
8291 */
8292 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
8293
8294 /**
8295 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
8296 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8297 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8298 */
8299 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
8300
8301 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
8302
8303 /************************************************************************//**
8304 * @name Shell and process control
8305 * @{
8306 */
8307
8308 /**
8309 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
8310 */
8311 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
8312
8313 /**
8314 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
8315 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
8316 */
8317 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
8318
8319 /**
8320 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8321 */
8322 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
8323
8324 /**
8325 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
8326 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8327 */
8328 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
8329
8330 /**
8331 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
8332 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
8333 *
8334 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
8335 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
8336 * them segfault or deadlock.
8337 *
8338 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
8339 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
8340 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
8341 *
8342 * @par Example:
8343 * @code
8344 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
8345 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
8346 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
8347 * @endcode
8348 *
8349 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
8350 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
8351 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
8352 */
8353 $wgShellCgroup = false;
8354
8355 /**
8356 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary. Should be set up on install.
8357 */
8358 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
8359
8360 /**
8361 * Locale for LC_ALL, to provide a known environment for locale-sensitive operations
8362 *
8363 * For Unix-like operating systems, this should be set to C.UTF-8 or an
8364 * equivalent to provide the most consistent behavior for locale-sensitive
8365 * C library operations across different-language wikis. If that locale is not
8366 * available, use another locale that has a UTF-8 character set.
8367 *
8368 * This setting mainly affects the behavior of C library functions, including:
8369 * - String collation (order when sorting using locale-sensitive comparison)
8370 * - For example, whether "Å" and "A" are considered to be the same letter or
8371 * different letters and if different whether it comes after "A" or after
8372 * "Z", and whether sorting is case sensitive.
8373 * - String character set (how characters beyond basic ASCII are represented)
8374 * - We need this to be a UTF-8 character set to work around
8375 * https://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
8376 * - Language used for low-level error messages.
8377 * - Formatting of date/time and numeric values (e.g. '.' versus ',' as the
8378 * decimal separator)
8379 *
8380 * MediaWiki provides its own methods and classes to perform many
8381 * locale-sensitive operations, which are designed to be able to vary locale
8382 * based on wiki language or user preference:
8383 * - MediaWiki's Collation class should generally be used instead of the C
8384 * library collation functions when locale-sensitive sorting is needed.
8385 * - MediaWiki's Message class should be used for localization of messages
8386 * displayed to the user.
8387 * - MediaWiki's Language class should be used for formatting numeric and
8388 * date/time values.
8389 *
8390 * @note If multiple wikis are being served from the same process (e.g. the
8391 * same fastCGI or Apache server), this setting must be the same on all those
8392 * wikis.
8393 */
8394 $wgShellLocale = 'C.UTF-8';
8395
8396 /**
8397 * Method to use to restrict shell commands
8398 *
8399 * Supported options:
8400 * - 'autodetect': Autodetect if any restriction methods are available
8401 * - 'firejail': Use firejail <https://firejail.wordpress.com/>
8402 * - false: Don't use any restrictions
8403 *
8404 * @note If using firejail with MediaWiki running in a home directory different
8405 * from the webserver user, firejail 0.9.44+ is required.
8406 *
8407 * @since 1.31
8408 * @var string|bool
8409 */
8410 $wgShellRestrictionMethod = false;
8411
8412 /** @} */ # End shell }
8413
8414 /************************************************************************//**
8415 * @name HTTP client
8416 * @{
8417 */
8418
8419 /**
8420 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
8421 * @var int
8422 */
8423 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
8424
8425 /**
8426 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally for transwiki imports, in seconds.
8427 * @since 1.29
8428 */
8429 $wgHTTPImportTimeout = 25;
8430
8431 /**
8432 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
8433 */
8434 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
8435
8436 /**
8437 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8438 */
8439 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
8440
8441 /**
8442 * Local virtual hosts.
8443 *
8444 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8445 *
8446 * This affects the following:
8447 * - MWHttpRequest: If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any
8448 * subdomain thereof, then no proxy will be used.
8449 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8450 * the proxy if it is configured.
8451 *
8452 * @since 1.25
8453 */
8454 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8455
8456 /**
8457 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8458 * Only works for curl
8459 */
8460 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8461
8462 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8463
8464 /************************************************************************//**
8465 * @name Job queue
8466 * @{
8467 */
8468
8469 /**
8470 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8471 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8472 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8473 * be run periodically.
8474 */
8475 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8476
8477 /**
8478 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8479 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8480 * execution finishes.
8481 *
8482 * @since 1.23
8483 */
8484 $wgRunJobsAsync = false;
8485
8486 /**
8487 * Number of rows to update per job
8488 */
8489 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8490
8491 /**
8492 * Number of rows to update per query
8493 */
8494 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8495
8496 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8497
8498 /************************************************************************//**
8499 * @name Miscellaneous
8500 * @{
8501 */
8502
8503 /**
8504 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8505 * * string: path to an external diff executable
8506 * * false: wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module if installed, otherwise the default PHP implementation
8507 * * 'wikidiff', 'wikidiff2', and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8508 */
8509 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8510
8511 /**
8512 * wikidiff2 supports detection of changes in moved paragraphs.
8513 * This setting controls the maximum number of paragraphs to compare before it bails out.
8514 * Supported values:
8515 * * 0: detection of moved paragraphs is disabled
8516 * * int > 0: maximum number of paragraphs to compare
8517 * Note: number of paragraph comparisons is in O(n^2).
8518 * This setting is only effective if the wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module is used as diffengine.
8519 * See $wgExternalDiffEngine.
8520 *
8521 * @since 1.30
8522 */
8523 $wgWikiDiff2MovedParagraphDetectionCutoff = 0;
8524
8525 /**
8526 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8527 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8528 *
8529 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8530 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8531 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8532 */
8533 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8534
8535 /**
8536 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8537 * For debugging
8538 */
8539 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8540
8541 /**
8542 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8543 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8544 */
8545 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8546
8547 /**
8548 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8549 */
8550 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8551
8552 /**
8553 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8554 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8555 */
8556 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8557
8558 /**
8559 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8560 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8561 */
8562 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8563
8564 /**
8565 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8566 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8567 *
8568 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8569 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8570 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8571 * parameters.
8572 *
8573 * @par Example using local redis instance:
8574 * @code
8575 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8576 * 'class' => PoolCounterRedis::class,
8577 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8578 * 'workers' => 1, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8579 * 'maxqueue' => 5, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8580 * 'servers' => [ '127.0.0.1' ],
8581 * 'redisConfig' => []
8582 * ] ];
8583 * @endcode
8584 *
8585 * @par Example using C daemon from https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:PoolCounter:
8586 * @code
8587 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8588 * 'class' => PoolCounter_Client::class,
8589 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8590 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8591 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8592 * ... any extension-specific options...
8593 * ] ];
8594 * @endcode
8595 */
8596 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8597
8598 /**
8599 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8600 */
8601 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8602
8603 /**
8604 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8605 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8606 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8607 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8608 *
8609 * @since 1.21
8610 */
8611 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8612
8613 /**
8614 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8615 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8616 *
8617 * * 'ignore': return null
8618 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8619 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8620 *
8621 * @since 1.21
8622 */
8623 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8624
8625 /**
8626 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8627 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8628 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8629 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8630 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8631 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8632 *
8633 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8634 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8635 *
8636 * @since 1.21
8637 */
8638 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8639
8640 /**
8641 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8642 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8643 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8644 *
8645 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8646 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8647 *
8648 * @since 1.21
8649 */
8650 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8651 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8652 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8653 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8654 ];
8655
8656 /**
8657 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8658 *
8659 * @since 1.20
8660 */
8661 $wgSiteTypes = [
8662 'mediawiki' => MediaWikiSite::class,
8663 ];
8664
8665 /**
8666 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8667 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8668 * @since 1.23
8669 */
8670 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8671
8672 /**
8673 * For installations where the canonical server is HTTP but HTTPS is optionally
8674 * supported, you can specify a non-standard HTTPS port here. $wgServer should
8675 * be a protocol-relative URL.
8676 *
8677 * If HTTPS is always used, just specify the port number in $wgServer.
8678 *
8679 * @see https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T67184
8680 *
8681 * @since 1.24
8682 */
8683 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8684
8685 /**
8686 * Secret for session storage.
8687 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8688 * be used.
8689 * @since 1.27
8690 */
8691 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8692
8693 /**
8694 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8695 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8696 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8697 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8698 * @since 1.27
8699 */
8700 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8701
8702 /**
8703 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8704 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8705 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8706 * be used.
8707 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8708 * @since 1.24
8709 */
8710 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8711
8712 /**
8713 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8714 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8715 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8716 * @since 1.24
8717 */
8718 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8719
8720 /**
8721 * Enable page language feature
8722 * Allows setting page language in database
8723 * @var bool
8724 * @since 1.24
8725 */
8726 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8727
8728 /**
8729 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8730 *
8731 * Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this
8732 * key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of:
8733 * - class : the fully qualified class name
8734 * - options : map of arguments to the class constructor
8735 * Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS
8736 * singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient();
8737 *
8738 * Auto-mounting example for Parsoid:
8739 *
8740 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [
8741 * 'class' => ParsoidVirtualRESTService::class,
8742 * 'options' => [
8743 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8744 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8745 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org'
8746 * ]
8747 * ];
8748 *
8749 * Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value,
8750 * which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be
8751 * merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to
8752 * VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module.
8753 *
8754 * Example config for Parsoid:
8755 *
8756 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
8757 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8758 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8759 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8760 * ];
8761 *
8762 * @var array
8763 * @since 1.25
8764 */
8765 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8766 'paths' => [],
8767 'modules' => [],
8768 'global' => [
8769 # Timeout in seconds
8770 'timeout' => 360,
8771 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8772 'forwardCookies' => false,
8773 'HTTPProxy' => null
8774 ]
8775 ];
8776
8777 /**
8778 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8779 * these suggestions.
8780 *
8781 * @var bool
8782 * @since 1.26
8783 */
8784 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8785
8786 /**
8787 * Where popular password file is located.
8788 *
8789 * Default in core contains 10,000 most popular. This config
8790 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8791 * a password file with > 10000 entries in it.
8792 *
8793 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8794 * @since 1.27
8795 * @var string path to file
8796 */
8797 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/password/commonpasswords.cdb';
8798
8799 /*
8800 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8801 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8802 *
8803 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8804 * @since 1.27
8805 */
8806 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8807
8808 /*
8809 * Max time (in seconds) a job-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8810 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8811 *
8812 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8813 * @since 1.30
8814 */
8815 $wgMaxJobDBWriteDuration = false;
8816
8817 /**
8818 * Controls Content-Security-Policy header [Experimental]
8819 *
8820 * @see https://www.w3.org/TR/CSP2/
8821 * @since 1.32
8822 * @var bool|array true to send default version, false to not send.
8823 * If an array, can have parameters:
8824 * 'default-src' If true or array (of additional urls) will set a default-src
8825 * directive, which limits what places things can load from. If false or not
8826 * set, will send a default-src directive allowing all sources.
8827 * 'includeCORS' If true or not set, will include urls from
8828 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains as an allowed load sources.
8829 * 'unsafeFallback' Add unsafe-inline as a script source, as a fallback for
8830 * browsers that do not understand nonce-sources [default on].
8831 * 'useNonces' Require nonces on all inline scripts. If disabled and 'unsafeFallback'
8832 * is on, then all inline scripts will be allowed [default true].
8833 * 'script-src' Array of additional places that are allowed to have JS be loaded from.
8834 * 'report-uri' true to use MW api [default], false to disable, string for alternate uri
8835 * @warning May cause slowness on windows due to slow random number generator.
8836 */
8837 $wgCSPHeader = false;
8838
8839 /**
8840 * Controls Content-Security-Policy-Report-Only header
8841 *
8842 * @since 1.32
8843 * @var bool|array Same as $wgCSPHeader
8844 */
8845 $wgCSPReportOnlyHeader = false;
8846
8847 /**
8848 * List of messages which might contain raw HTML.
8849 * Extensions should add their messages here. The list is used for access control:
8850 * changing messages listed here will require editsitecss and editsitejs rights.
8851 *
8852 * Message names must be given with underscores rather than spaces and with lowercase first letter.
8853 *
8854 * @since 1.32
8855 * @var string[]
8856 */
8857 $wgRawHtmlMessages = [
8858 'copyright',
8859 'history_copyright',
8860 'googlesearch',
8861 'feedback-terms',
8862 'feedback-termsofuse',
8863 ];
8864
8865 /**
8866 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8867 *
8868 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8869 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8870 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8871 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8872 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8873 *
8874 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8875 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8876 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8877 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8878 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8879 *
8880 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8881 *
8882 * @since 1.27
8883 */
8884 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8885 'default' => [
8886 'class' => EventRelayerNull::class,
8887 ]
8888 ];
8889
8890 /**
8891 * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
8892 *
8893 * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
8894 * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
8895 * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
8896 * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
8897 *
8898 * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback
8899 *
8900 * @var bool
8901 * @since 1.28
8902 */
8903 $wgPingback = false;
8904
8905 /**
8906 * List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports
8907 * but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client
8908 * software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware).
8909 * List based on results from Wikimedia logs.
8910 *
8911 * @since 1.28
8912 */
8913 $wgCSPFalsePositiveUrls = [
8914 'https://3hub.co' => true,
8915 'https://morepro.info' => true,
8916 'https://p.ato.mx' => true,
8917 'https://s.ato.mx' => true,
8918 'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true,
8919 'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true,
8920 'https://cas.criteo.com' => true,
8921 'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true,
8922 'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true,
8923 'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true,
8924 'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true,
8925 'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js' => true,
8926 ];
8927
8928 /**
8929 * Shortest CIDR limits that can be checked in any individual range check
8930 * at Special:Contributions.
8931 *
8932 * @var array
8933 * @since 1.30
8934 */
8935 $wgRangeContributionsCIDRLimit = [
8936 'IPv4' => 16,
8937 'IPv6' => 32,
8938 ];
8939
8940 /**
8941 * The following variables define 3 user experience levels:
8942 *
8943 * - newcomer: has not yet reached the 'learner' level
8944 *
8945 * - learner: has at least $wgLearnerEdits and has been
8946 * a member for $wgLearnerMemberSince days
8947 * but has not yet reached the 'experienced' level.
8948 *
8949 * - experienced: has at least $wgExperiencedUserEdits edits and
8950 * has been a member for $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince days.
8951 */
8952 $wgLearnerEdits = 10;
8953 $wgLearnerMemberSince = 4; # days
8954 $wgExperiencedUserEdits = 500;
8955 $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince = 30; # days
8956
8957 /**
8958 * Mapping of interwiki index prefixes to descriptors that
8959 * can be used to change the display of interwiki search results.
8960 *
8961 * Descriptors are appended to CSS classes of interwiki results
8962 * which using InterwikiSearchResultWidget.
8963 *
8964 * Predefined descriptors include the following words:
8965 * definition, textbook, news, quotation, book, travel, course
8966 *
8967 * @par Example:
8968 * @code
8969 * $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [
8970 * 'iwprefix' => 'definition'
8971 *];
8972 * @endcode
8973 */
8974 $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [];
8975
8976 /**
8977 * Comment table schema migration stage.
8978 * @since 1.30
8979 * @var int One of the MIGRATION_* constants
8980 */
8981 $wgCommentTableSchemaMigrationStage = MIGRATION_OLD;
8982
8983 /**
8984 * RevisionStore table schema migration stage (content, slots, content_models & slot_roles tables).
8985 * Use the SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags. Supported values:
8986 *
8987 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD
8988 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_OLD
8989 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_NEW
8990 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD
8991 *
8992 * Note that reading the old and new schema at the same time is not supported.
8993 * Attempting to set both read bits in $wgMultiContentRevisionSchemaMigrationStage
8994 * will result in an InvalidArgumentException.
8995 *
8996 * @see Task: https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T174028
8997 * @see Commit: https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/378724/
8998 *
8999 * @since 1.32
9000 * @var int An appropriate combination of SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags.
9001 */
9002 $wgMultiContentRevisionSchemaMigrationStage = SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_NEW;
9003
9004 /**
9005 * Actor table schema migration stage.
9006 *
9007 * Use the SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags. Supported values:
9008 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD
9009 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_OLD
9010 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_NEW
9011 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_NEW
9012 *
9013 * Note that reading the old and new schema at the same time is not supported
9014 * in 1.32, but was (with significant query performance issues) in 1.31.
9015 *
9016 * @since 1.31
9017 * @since 1.32 changed allowed flags
9018 * @var int An appropriate combination of SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags.
9019 */
9020 $wgActorTableSchemaMigrationStage = SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD;
9021
9022 /**
9023 * change_tag table schema migration stage.
9024 *
9025 * - MIGRATION_OLD: Do not use change_tag_def table or ct_tag_id.
9026 * - MIGRATION_WRITE_BOTH: Write to the change_tag_def table and ct_tag_id, but read from
9027 * the old schema. This is different from the formal definition of the constants
9028 * - MIGRATION_WRITE_NEW: Behaves the same as MIGRATION_WRITE_BOTH
9029 * - MIGRATION_NEW: Use the change_tag_def table and ct_tag_id, do not read/write ct_tag
9030 *
9031 * @since 1.32
9032 * @var int One of the MIGRATION_* constants
9033 */
9034 $wgChangeTagsSchemaMigrationStage = MIGRATION_WRITE_BOTH;
9035
9036 /**
9037 * Temporarily flag to use change_tag_def table as backend of change tag statistics.
9038 * For example in case of Special:Tags. If set to false, it will use change_tag table.
9039 * Before setting it to true set $wgChangeTagsSchemaMigrationStage to MIGRATION_WRITE_BOTH and run
9040 * PopulateChangeTagDef maintaince script.
9041 * It's redundant when $wgChangeTagsSchemaMigrationStage is set to MIGRATION_NEW
9042 *
9043 * @since 1.32
9044 * @var bool
9045 */
9046 $wgTagStatisticsNewTable = false;
9047
9048 /**
9049 * Flag to enable Partial Blocks. This allows an admin to prevent a user from editing specific pages
9050 * or namespaces.
9051 *
9052 * @since 1.32
9053 * @deprecated 1.32
9054 * @var bool
9055 */
9056 $wgEnablePartialBlocks = false;
9057
9058 /**
9059 * Enable stats monitoring when Block Notices are displayed in different places around core
9060 * and extensions.
9061 *
9062 * @since 1.34
9063 * @deprecated 1.34
9064 * @var bool
9065 */
9066 $wgEnableBlockNoticeStats = false;
9067
9068 /**
9069 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
9070 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
9071 * @}
9072 */